US20030079227A1 - Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods - Google Patents

Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20030079227A1
US20030079227A1 US10/304,634 US30463402A US2003079227A1 US 20030079227 A1 US20030079227 A1 US 20030079227A1 US 30463402 A US30463402 A US 30463402A US 2003079227 A1 US2003079227 A1 US 2003079227A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
user
ipg
ipgs
data
guide
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US10/304,634
Inventor
James Knowles
Kenneth Johnson
Gordon Chang
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Adeia Guides Inc
Original Assignee
Starsight Telecast Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=27492736&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20030079227(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Starsight Telecast Inc filed Critical Starsight Telecast Inc
Priority to US10/304,634 priority Critical patent/US20030079227A1/en
Publication of US20030079227A1 publication Critical patent/US20030079227A1/en
Priority to US11/182,081 priority patent/US8566871B2/en
Priority to US11/841,642 priority patent/US20080134239A1/en
Assigned to JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. reassignment JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. SECURITY AGREEMENT Assignors: APTIV DIGITAL, INC., GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC., INDEX SYSTEMS INC, MACROVISION CORPORATION, ODS PROPERTIES, INC., STARSIGHT TELECAST, INC., TV GUIDE ONLINE, LLC, UNITED VIDEO PROPERTIES, INC.
Assigned to ODS PROPERTIES, INC., UNITED VIDEO PROPERTIES, INC., GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, STARSIGHT TELECAST, INC., INDEX SYSTEMS INC., ALL MEDIA GUIDE, LLC, APTIV DIGITAL, INC., TV GUIDE ONLINE, LLC, TV GUIDE, INC., ROVI TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, ROVI DATA SOLUTIONS, INC. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS TV GUIDE DATA SOLUTIONS, INC.), ROVI GUIDES, INC. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC.), ROVI SOLUTIONS CORPORATION (FORMERLY KNOWN AS MACROVISION CORPORATION), ROVI SOLUTIONS LIMITED (FORMERLY KNOWN AS MACROVISION EUROPE LIMITED) reassignment ODS PROPERTIES, INC. RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION)
Priority to US14/046,200 priority patent/US20140040943A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00—Details of television systems
    • H04N5/76—Television signal recording
    • H04N5/78—Television signal recording using magnetic recording
    • H04N5/782—Television signal recording using magnetic recording on tape
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/434—Disassembling of a multiplex stream, e.g. demultiplexing audio and video streams, extraction of additional data from a video stream; Remultiplexing of multiplex streams; Extraction or processing of SI; Disassembling of packetised elementary stream
    • H04N21/4345—Extraction or processing of SI, e.g. extracting service information from an MPEG stream
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/436—Interfacing a local distribution network, e.g. communicating with another STB or one or more peripheral devices inside the home
    • H04N21/43615—Interfacing a Home Network, e.g. for connecting the client to a plurality of peripherals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
    • H04N21/4508—Management of client data or end-user data
    • H04N21/4532—Management of client data or end-user data involving end-user characteristics, e.g. viewer profile, preferences
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
    • H04N21/458—Scheduling content for creating a personalised stream, e.g. by combining a locally stored advertisement with an incoming stream; Updating operations, e.g. for OS modules ; time-related management operations
    • H04N21/4583—Automatically resolving scheduling conflicts, e.g. when a recording by reservation has been programmed for two programs in the same time slot
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/45—Management operations performed by the client for facilitating the reception of or the interaction with the content or administrating data related to the end-user or to the client device itself, e.g. learning user preferences for recommending movies, resolving scheduling conflicts
    • H04N21/462—Content or additional data management, e.g. creating a master electronic program guide from data received from the Internet and a Head-end, controlling the complexity of a video stream by scaling the resolution or bit-rate based on the client capabilities
    • H04N21/4627—Rights management associated to the content
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
    • H04N21/47211—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for requesting pay-per-view content
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/472—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content
    • H04N21/47214—End-user interface for requesting content, additional data or services; End-user interface for interacting with content, e.g. for content reservation or setting reminders, for requesting event notification, for manipulating displayed content for content reservation or setting reminders; for requesting event notification, e.g. of sport results or stock market
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/475—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data
    • H04N21/4751—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data for defining user accounts, e.g. accounts for children
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/475—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data
    • H04N21/4753—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data for user identification, e.g. by entering a PIN or password
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/475—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data
    • H04N21/4755—End-user interface for inputting end-user data, e.g. personal identification number [PIN], preference data for defining user preferences, e.g. favourite actors or genre
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/478—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application
    • H04N21/4788—Supplemental services, e.g. displaying phone caller identification, shopping application communicating with other users, e.g. chatting
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/482—End-user interface for program selection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00—Details of television systems
    • H04N5/76—Television signal recording
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N7/00—Television systems
    • H04N7/16—Analogue secrecy systems; Analogue subscription systems
    • H04N7/162—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing
    • H04N7/163—Authorising the user terminal, e.g. by paying; Registering the use of a subscription channel, e.g. billing by receiver means only
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/41—Structure of client; Structure of client peripherals
    • H04N21/422—Input-only peripherals, i.e. input devices connected to specially adapted client devices, e.g. global positioning system [GPS]
    • H04N21/42204—User interfaces specially adapted for controlling a client device through a remote control device; Remote control devices therefor
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/43—Processing of content or additional data, e.g. demultiplexing additional data from a digital video stream; Elementary client operations, e.g. monitoring of home network or synchronising decoder's clock; Client middleware
    • H04N21/431—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering
    • H04N21/4312—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations
    • H04N21/4316—Generation of visual interfaces for content selection or interaction; Content or additional data rendering involving specific graphical features, e.g. screen layout, special fonts or colors, blinking icons, highlights or animations for displaying supplemental content in a region of the screen, e.g. an advertisement in a separate window
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N21/00—Selective content distribution, e.g. interactive television or video on demand [VOD]
    • H04N21/40—Client devices specifically adapted for the reception of or interaction with content, e.g. set-top-box [STB]; Operations thereof
    • H04N21/47—End-user applications
    • H04N21/485—End-user interface for client configuration
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04N—PICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N5/00—Details of television systems
    • H04N5/44—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards
    • H04N5/445—Receiver circuitry for the reception of television signals according to analogue transmission standards for displaying additional information
    • H04N5/45—Picture in picture, e.g. displaying simultaneously another television channel in a region of the screen

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to electronic interactive program guides (IPGs), and more particularly to a system for managing and displaying multiple IPGs.
  • IPGs electronic interactive program guides
  • EPG on-screen electronic program guides
  • the present invention relates to a multiple IPG system.
  • the system provides different TV programming and different IPGs to several different users respectively.
  • the single set-top box is capable of providing programming and scheduling data to several different TV sets.
  • each of the different IPGs share some common data stored in a common database with each other. Therefore, a first IPG being viewed by a first user can display data added or modified via a second IPG by a second user of the system. Furthermore, the data added or modified by the second user can influence the viewing rights of the first user. Also, all the competing and conflicting requests for limited resources, such as VCR scheduled recordings, are brought to the users' attention and displayed or prompted by the system.
  • FIG. 1A is a network of a data center head end, a network operator head end, and an IPG device.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of a set-up box that supports three sources and three TV sets.
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of a software architecture for a system that supports three IPGs.
  • FIG. 2 is a Channel Guide featuring a “carousel” at the top that includes a graphical icon for the channel being displayed, and text icons for adjoining channels in the user's customized lineup.
  • FIG. 3 is a Grid Guide format and illustrates common components of guides.
  • FIG. 4 is an IPG for displaying further graphical branding.
  • FIG. 5 is an IPG system page when the user presses GUIDE while viewing TV.
  • FIG. 6 is a screen for when the beginning of a show appears to extend beyond the left edge of the guide.
  • FIG. 7 is interactive promotions within an IPG.
  • FIG. 8 is an interactive billboard.
  • FIG. 9 is a Themes screen.
  • FIG. 10 is a Theme Guide with multiple episodes.
  • FIG. 11 is a Theme subcategories.
  • FIG. 12 is a Theme Guide sorted by time.
  • FIG. 13 is a Theme Guide when there are no titles available for the user's selected sub-category.
  • FIG. 14 is a Theme Guide with episode subscreen.
  • FIG. 15 is a Theme Day warning.
  • FIG. 16 is “Press SELECT for more titles” command in the last row on a screen when all the programs for the subcategory in the buffer can not be fit in a single screen.
  • FIG. 17 is a menu system tree.
  • FIG. 18 is a Main menu.
  • FIG. 19 is a partial menu globe on the Main menu.
  • FIG. 20 is a caller ID pop-up.
  • FIG. 21 is a caller ID pop-up over a guide screen.
  • FIG. 22 is a message waiting pop-up.
  • FIG. 23 is a Telephone Services menu.
  • FIG. 24 is a caller ID setup (Turn Caller ID OFF).
  • FIG. 25 is a caller ID setup (Turn Caller ID ON).
  • FIG. 26 is a caller ID setup (Set Caller ID Display Time).
  • FIG. 27 is a parental password prompt for the Caller ID Log.
  • FIG. 28 is a Caller ID Log.
  • FIG. 29 is a Delete item from Caller ID Log pop-up.
  • FIG. 30 is a Messages Setup for turning messages off/on and setting the message display time.
  • FIG. 31 is a television screen displaying a Scheduled Events List.
  • FIG. 32 is a television screen displaying a prompt window for notifying a user who is requesting a PPV purchase that has already been scheduled.
  • FIG. 33 is a television screen displaying VCHIP Plus+ functions.
  • FIG. 34 is a television screen displaying selection of TV Ratings for blocking.
  • FIG. 35 is a flow chart of a master password operation.
  • An embodiment of the invention is a system that provides customers with multiple instantly accessible electronic IPGs.
  • the multiple IPG system enables users to view TV programs and schedule information in each IPG.
  • each IPG comprises a Grid Guide, a Channel Guide, and a Theme Guide.
  • Each IPG receives, stores, and displays program titles and information and share some of the information with other IPGs.
  • the format and some features of an IPG are described in the U.S. Pat. No.
  • the multiple IPGs are embodied in a single set-top box.
  • the IPGs may reside in a single computer connected to multiple TV sets or multiple displays.
  • the IPGs may reside in a single electronic device with capabilities for displaying TV programs on multiple TV sets.
  • the IPGs may reside on a device which is capable of downloading the IPGs into another device which can display the IPGs on multiple TV sets or multiple displays.
  • the IPGs may reside in multiple electronic devices or set top boxes, however, they would still share data such as an Scheduled Events List including, for example, an aggregate list for all individual recordings and series recordings, future PPV purchases, and scheduled tunes.
  • An IPG user uses a remote control with IPG keys labeled GUIDE, INFO, etc. to display colorful, high-resolution program guides, screens, and pop-ups on the TV.
  • IPG keys labeled GUIDE, INFO, etc. to display colorful, high-resolution program guides, screens, and pop-ups on the TV.
  • Each IPG can be configured to allow the user to search programs by time and theme to get additional information about programs, and to browse to see what is on other channels while still watching a program.
  • Each IPG can be configured so that users can tailor their channel lineup by blocking out channels they seldom watch and placing their favorite channels at the beginning of the list.
  • the multiple IPG system includes a comprehensive network of data centers and data broadcasting equipment that enables users to receive program data in their homes.
  • FIG. 1 shows a network 1 of a data center headend 20 , a network operator headend 30 , and an IPG device 40 .
  • a data center headend receives updated program information from multiple data sources.
  • the data from various sources is merged at the data center headend in preparation to be sent to the network operators.
  • the data is sent, using the FTP protocol, from the data center headend via the Internet 50 to the Download Server 60 of the network operator head end and then sent via hybrid fiber-coax 70 to an IPG device.
  • the network operator headend receives the most recent schedule data whenever it downloads data from the data center headend.
  • the network operator can specify the number of days of program information displayed in the guides, the number of channels covered in the guides, and the amount of show descriptions.
  • the network operator can also specify the number of formats of the guide.
  • the IPG device includes an infrared signal transmitter used to send infrared commands to the VCR. If the IPG is configured to exclude an automatic recording feature, then the IPG device does not need to include an infrared signal transmitter.
  • An IPG user interacts with the respective IPG by using a remote control to send commands to the respective receiver in an IPG device.
  • the receiver is an infrared or UHF receiver.
  • An exemplary command is the GUIDE command.
  • the Grid Guide displays program information in a grid format. To view the Grid Guide, an IPG user presses the GUIDE key on the remote control; the command is sent to the infrared or UHF receiver and then the IPG device passes a key to the IPG, which displays the Grid Guide.
  • the Grid Guide displays a grid of program title, channel, and time slot information for a configurable number of channels.
  • the guide displays information for the current day and up to N days in the future, depending on the amount of memory available. In one embodiment, N is six days.
  • Each IPG can display Music Choice channels in the Grid Guide and allow the user to tune to these channels or lock them out.
  • Each IPG provides the user with an interface including a variety of colorful, high-resolution on-screen program guides, screens, and pop-up windows that the user displays by pressing keys on the remote control.
  • An IPG may vary depending on the amount of memory allocated for schedule information and the feature set specified by the network operator. Depending on the amount of memory available and the specification of the network operator, the number of days and channels displayed in the guides and the amount of program descriptions can vary.
  • Each IPG can be configured so that users can see additional information, such as plot, actors, and rating for a program by pressing the INFO or SELECT keys while viewing a guide.
  • the IPG can also include capabilities that allow the user to schedule VCR recordings from a guide. While the cursor is on one of the programs in a guide, the user presses INFO or SELECT to display the Info pop-up for that program.
  • Programs can be searched by theme using the IPG Theme Guide selection.
  • the Theme Guide selection enables users to select programs by category and subcategory, rather than just by time, channel, or title. Once the user selects a category, such as MOVIES, and then selects a subcategory, such as ALL MOVIES, the programs that fit the subcategory are displayed on the Theme Guide. Once in the Theme Guide screen, the user can sort programs by time, by channel, and alphabetically. The network operator can configure and manipulate the theme categories and subcategories for the Theme guide.
  • Each IPG can be configured to allow users to tailor the program guides by selecting which channels to display in the guides and which channels the respective IPG device tunes to when the user channel surfs. Users can deselect channels that they seldom watch. Deselected channels are not displayed on the guides and are skipped over when the user tunes with the CH ⁇ or CH ⁇ keys on a remote control. Users can change the channel order to place their most watched channels at the top of the list. Users can also select channels through the Favorite Channels screen. The respective IPG tunes through the Favorite channels when the user presses FAV while watching TV.
  • Users can tune and browse channels. From any of the guides, a user can tune to another channel by highlighting a program title, pressing INFO or SELECT to display the INFO pop-up, and then selecting the “TUNE” button on the pop-up.
  • Users can also “browse” through channels to see what is on other channels while keeping the TV tuned to the program they are still watching.
  • the user can see the title, time, description, and duration of the program on the next or previous channel.
  • Each IPG includes a full menu system that allows the user to set up the IPG functions, such as screen display position, and user preferences.
  • IPG functions such as screen display position, and user preferences.
  • An example of an IPG screen function is the Adjust Display Position screen function.
  • Another feature of each IPG is Internet access which can be set up from an IPG menu.
  • Each IPG includes a Parental Control feature that allows the user to block TV viewing. For example, the user can lock entire channels; lock the IPG entirely, so that no functions may be used; and limit Interactive Pay Per View (IPPV) purchasing.
  • IPPV Interactive Pay Per View
  • Each IPG enables a user to purchase current and future IPPV programs. IPPV programs, descriptions, and buying information are displayed in the guides. Each IPG also enables network operators to display operator messages.
  • the user can set up a parental control password and a purchase password.
  • parental control the user must first set up a parental password.
  • the user does not have to set up a purchase password to make impulse PPV purchases. If the user does set up a purchase password, the system requires the user to enter the password to complete the purchase.
  • Each IPG contains stored barkers that can be used when certain channel status criterions are met.
  • a barker is a message displayed on the screen which can provide information to the user or indicate action(s) for the user to take. The operator can also set up video barkers to be used instead of stored barkers.
  • Each IPG can display Caller ID and Message Waiting information in both the TV state and when a guide is displayed.
  • user preferences and a Caller ID Log are available in a Main Menu.
  • IPG screens and pop-ups are displayed in the industry safe title area of the TV screen.
  • each IPG display uses a high resolution pixel-based display.
  • the multiple IPG system is multi-source. Multiple MPEG streams are delivered to multiple TV sets throughout a house, with each stream (or “source”) modulated to a different channel.
  • the multiple IPG system provides independent instances of the IPG, one for each source.
  • the system provides interdependent IPGs, one for each source.
  • each of the different IPGs share some common data stored in a common database with each other.
  • each IPG includes data unique to that specific IPG. Therefore, a first IPG being viewed by a first user can display data added or modified via a second IPG by a second user of the system. Furthermore, all the competing and conflicting requests for limited resources, such as VCR scheduled recordings, are brought to the users' attention and displayed or prompted by the system.
  • a comprehensive list of pay-per-view (PPV) scheduled times and/or future purchases for all of the users can be displayed by any user on any TV.
  • the system prompts the first user with the information about the already placed (or scheduled to be placed) order.
  • the system prompts the second user and displays the recording schedules stored by all the users.
  • parental control blocking criteria by a user influences other users' viewing of the programs. For example, if a first user attempts to view a program that meets a blocking criterion set by a second user (with master password), the program will be blocked and the first user will be prevented from viewing the program.
  • the multiple IPGs support a hierarchy of multiple user passwords. For example, in a household, the parents may have the highest level of password (a master password), the teenager may have a second level password, and the younger children may have lower levels of passwords. A user with a higher level password may override the changes made by users with lower level passwords. A user with a master password can override the changes made by all other users. A user with the master password sets the priorities for other passwords based on other user names and/or user profiles. Each password is stored in a respective memory location. Upon entry of a password, the microprocessor determines the priority of the entered password and the privileges assigned to that password based on the respective user profile or information associated with the password stored in the memory.
  • a set-top box permits multiple MPEG streams (sources) to be simultaneously delivered and distributed throughout a household (for simplicity reasons, a three source set-top box is discussed, however, the invention is easily extendable to several source set-top boxes). These streams are each modulated to a different channel, so that any of the multiple streams may be viewed at a given location.
  • Multiple independent IPGs one for each source are provided. Each IPG has its own user-configurable data such as channel lineup, list of favorite channels, and set of passwords. The IPGs share a common database and in many instances, interact with each other.
  • IPGs can also be customized by and be particular to specific users.
  • a specific user identifies him-/herself by entering a user name and the associated password into an appropriate field in a displayed screen when a TV receiver is turned on. Once the user is identified, the respective IPG is displayed for the identified user.
  • the IPGs are particular to each source, i.e., no matter which user is identified, a specific IPG is displayed depending on which TV set is turned on.
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of the components of an embodiment of the invention provided in a single set-top box that feeds conventional TV receivers or monitors 17 , 18 , and 18 .
  • the set-top box receives digital TV signals and converts them into analog video and audio drive signals.
  • the digital TV signals are arranged in packets according to an established standard format, such as ATSC.
  • the components include a microprocessor 10 , a memory controller or direct memory access (DMA) device 7 coupled to the microprocessor 10 , RAM 8 coupled to the DMA device 7 and the microprocessor 10 , synchronization (synch) and timing circuitry 6 coupled to all of the components, data depacketizer 2 , decoder 3 coupled to the depacketizer 2 , IPG data extractor 4 coupled to the decoder 3 and the microprocessor, tuners 11 - 13 coupled to the IPG data extractor 4 , MPEG decoders 14 - 16 coupled to the tuners 11 - 13 , display generator 9 coupled to the microprocessor and the DMA device, and TV receivers 17 - 19 coupled to the display generator 9 .
  • DMA direct memory access
  • the microprocessor 10 configures and coordinates the activities of all of the other components in the set-top box via two-way communication paths without participating in any data movement operations.
  • Microprocessor 10 is programmed to operate in a multi-tasking mode, in which the video and audio drive signals, including the TV program signals and the IPG signals, for monitors 17 , 18 , and 19 are generated.
  • the microprocessor 10 accesses RAM 8 using DMA controller 7 as a proxy by providing address information and either providing data (in the case of a write) or receiving data (in the case of a read).
  • RAM 8 is accessed by four different components: the microprocessor 10 , the IPG data extractor 4 , MPEG decoders 14 - 16 , and the display generator 9 .
  • the DMA is a multiplexing and arbitrating circuit that facilitates the sharing of the RAM 8 by switching access between the four components.
  • the DMA may include buffer memory to temporarily store data input from out-of-turn components between access cycles.
  • the DMA 7 stores text and video data in the correct addresses in the RAM 7 and then retrieves the appropriate data from a selected address from the RAM 7 when needed.
  • the digital data streams are received, they are depacketized by the depacketizer 2 resulting in audio, video, and auxiliary (including the IPG data) data streams. Decoding, error detection, and error correction functions are performed by the decoder 2 .
  • the IPG data is then extracted from the data stream by the extractor 4 and is stored in the RAM 8 .
  • the data stream is fed to the three tuners 11 - 14 and the output of each tuner is decoded by the MPEG decoders 14 - 16 .
  • the decoded audio and video data is then fed to the display generator 9 (or stored in the RAM 8 ) by the DMA 7 .
  • the display generator 9 then outputs the video and audio data to the respective TV receiver 17 - 19 .
  • the timing circuitry 6 provides the timing and synchronization signals for all the components.
  • the data for the multiple IPGs is stored in the system RAM 8 which is coupled to the MPEG decoders 14 - 16 through the DMA controller 7 .
  • common data to all IPGs is stored in a segment of the RAM that is accessible by all the IPGs.
  • Data specific to each IPG based on a particular user or based on a particular TV set is stored in other segments of the RAM 8 and is accessible by respective IPGs. Examples of data specific to an IPG are; guide customizations such as channel orders, channel set up, format of the guide, and background colors.
  • RAM 8 also functions to buffer the digital data associated with the audio and video data of a given channel for each tuner.
  • Microprocessor 10 operates to periodically update the multiple IPGs stored in the system RAM 8 .
  • IPGs are particular to specific users and/or particular to specific TV set.
  • display generator 9 under the control of microprocessor 10 retrieves the IPG common data and the IPG specific data from RAM 8 through DMA controller 7 . The display generator then outputs the particular IPG to the respective TV receiver.
  • display generator 9 includes the functions of a VCHIP for each TV receiver. Accordingly, any TV program that meets a blocking criterion is blocked from the respective TV display.
  • FIG. 1C shows a block diagram of a software architecture for the present invention.
  • the IPG data is stored and organized in a common IPG framework 21 .
  • the IPG data is shared between the three IPG applications 22 - 24 .
  • the common IPG framework 21 includes an IPG database manager 25 that responds to the data requests from each of the IPG applications 22 - 24 .
  • Each of the IPG applications 22 - 24 include a user interface (UI) for accepting data from a user and a graphics generator for displaying data in a guide format.
  • UI user interface
  • the IPG database manager 25 in the common IPG framework 21 keeps track of all the changes to the IPG data by each user.
  • the IPG data for all three monitors are stored in one place, i.e., RAM 8 , commands from all three remote control units (RCU's) 5 a, 5 b, and 5 c are received and processed by one processor, i.e., microprocessor 10 , and the individual IPG images formed responsive to the commands from all three RCU's are generated in one display generator, i.e., display generator 9 .
  • processor i.e., microprocessor 10
  • a scheduled events list includes an aggregate list for all individual recordings and series recordings, future PPV purchases, and scheduled tunes.
  • FIG. 31 shows an example of a scheduled events list.
  • the information included in the scheduled events list may be kept at the network level or kept at the user level.
  • the present invention includes a UI including the scheduled events list.
  • the network provides the UI with event IDs for any shows that are scheduled to be purchased, and the UI displays the titles for those IDs.
  • the scheduled events list is shared by all the users.
  • the programs are listed in chronological order by date and time. Current events, if there are any, are listed at the top, and then the next events scheduled to occur are listed below them. From this screen, the users can do the following:
  • Each user is provided with the same scheduled events list. If a user orders a PPV program, the guide displays the scheduled event in the guides and in the scheduled events lists for all three sources. If a user cancels a scheduled purchase, the purchase is no longer displayed in any of the guides or any of the scheduled events lists. However, if the purchase was scheduled by a different user, the canceling user must have a higher priority password to be able to cancel the scheduled event. This prevents a user from unknowingly purchasing the same program twice, or from canceling one instance of a purchase and unknowingly allowing another instance of the purchase to occur. In case of a conflict, the program in conflict is highlighted in this screen. In addition a new pop up (prompt) screen may appear notifying the user about the conflict.
  • FIG. 32 shows an example of a prompt window for notifying a second user who is requesting a PPV purchase that has already been scheduled.
  • a first user had requested to purchase “Elizabeth” as a PPV program to be viewed at a first time schedule.
  • the system notifies the second user about the conflict and asks the second user if he/she wants to override the first user's scheduled event. Only a user with higher password level than that of a first user can override the first user's request for a conflicting resource. If the second user has a higher priority password, he/she can reschedule the telecast time of “Elizabeth.”
  • a major advantage of the IPG in the multi-source architecture is in allowing users to use multiple (three as an example) instances of the IPG simultaneously. This includes, but is not restricted to, the following:
  • the multiple IPGs use their common database to interact with each other to solve any potential conflicts.
  • the IPG maintains no independent knowledge of the circumstances of PPV purchases, and displays the results of an aggregate list of purchases provided by the network. If a user orders a PPV program for one source, the guide displays the scheduled event in the guides and in a scheduled Events List for all three sources. If a user cancels a scheduled purchase, the purchase is no longer displayed in any of the guides or any of the Scheduled Events Lists. This prevents a user from unknowingly purchasing the same program twice, or from canceling one instance of a purchase and unknowingly allowing another to occur.
  • VCHIP Plus+ in guide mode uses two data sources in combination to determine whether a show should be blocked: data downloaded and stored in the guide (channel lineups, show schedules, show ratings), and rating data transmitted over the VBI.
  • Ordinary V-Chip devices use the data transmitted over the VBI to determine whether or not to block a show by rating. These ratings are sent a minimum of every 15 seconds. Thus, a show that a parent may wish blocked, may be seen for up to 15 seconds before the blocking takes effect.
  • VCHIP Plus+ in guide mode uses show rating data already stored for each of the IPGs to determine whether a show should be blocked as soon as it begins, and use the VBI data to confirm if the show was properly blocked. If it was blocked in error, then the block is removed. In the event the respective guide does not have rating data stored on a given show, the show will be accessible, until the VBI data is obtained and a blocking decision is made.
  • VCHIP Plus+ provides the ability for the user to block unrated programming. The intent is to give parents control over whether they wish their children to watch the potentially objectionable content of some news and sports programs.
  • Each IPG requests that the user provide certain profile information.
  • Some of the information provided by the user are specific to the set-top box and the same for all the IPG such as: the user's zip code; TV, cable, and satellite services to which the user subscribes; the length of said subscriptions.
  • Other information is specific to each user or each TV set such as the type of TV; the age of the TV; the user's top favorite channels; the user's favorite types of programs; and the times during which the user is most likely to watch TV. If the user declines to provide this information, each IPG attempts to “learn” the information as described in a co-pending U.S. Pat. No.
  • the display depends upon whether Auto-Guide-On is activated, the entry show has been blocked, or the TV remote or front panel was used to turn on the TV. If Auto-Guide-On is activated, the respective IPG appears when a TV is turned on. If a Master Password has been set, the user has access to shows, features and screens provided by the User Profile. In one embodiment, all shows, channels, times, etc. that are blocked are so marked within the respective IPGs. In an alternative embodiment, the blocked shows do not appear in the respective IPGs. The user has access to all unrestricted shows and features and screens of the guide without the need to enter a password.
  • a password dialog box appears on the screen. If the user correctly inputs the Master Password, the user obtains access to all shows, areas of the respective guide and features. If the user does not input the Master Password, that user maintains access as defined by the User Profile. All user profiles can be modified by a user with a master password.
  • FIG. 33 shows an example of a UI in each IPG for the VCHIP Plus+ functions.
  • the VCHIP Plus+ Menu screen provides access to all the VCHIP Plus+ screens. These screens can only be accessed in Master Password Mode. The user scrolls down off the menu bar to highlight the tile of the desired feature.
  • FIG. 34 shows the selection of TV Ratings. The user presses the OK/Select key to enter the screens related to the highlighted VCHIP Plus+ feature. Any user attempting to access these screens when not in Master Password mode is prompted to enter the Master Password. If not in Master Mode, preferably these menu tiles are dark and unaccessible.
  • the VCHIP Plus+ screens are accessed from the Menu bar; the user highlights the “VCHIP Plus+” button on the menu bar, and then scrolls down to select from the menu of VCHIP Plus+ functions.
  • an (blue) action button is used to unblock and a different (green) action button is used to block shows, times. channels, etc.
  • the blue action button label is blank and the green action button is labeled “Block.”
  • the blue action button is labeled “Unblock” and the green action button label is blank, except if the highlighted tile is a show title. If a blocked show title tile is highlighted, the green action button is labeled “Schedule,” providing access to the Schedule screen to modify the blocking frequency from the default of once to daily or weekly.
  • a blocked show may be set to be blocked once, daily or weekly. This is accomplished by placing any individual show (this does not apply to all shows set to be blocked by channel, time or rating) that is set to be blocked into the Schedule queue. These blocked shows are mixed in with the shows set to record or watch in chronological order.
  • the user may modify the frequency of the block in the same way he/she may do so for shows set to record or watch, by pressing an action button labeled “Change.” This cycles through the frequency choices. Modifying the frequency can only be done while the IPG is in Master Mode.
  • Scheduled events (shows scheduled to record, watch or blocked) for each IPG can be stored in a single non-volatile memory such as an EEPROM (not shown) within the single set-top box. Thus, if a power outage occurs, the Scheduled events are saved.
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • a 4 digit numeric Master Password scheme is used to enable the establishment of a User Profile and provide unlimited (unprotected) access to the guide screens and shows once a Master Password is established. Only one Master Password can be established. It is established either during initial setup or later by entering the Password screen from the guide menu (see FIG. 33) or the TV mode. Once a Master Password is established, the Master Password must be entered to execute blocking or unblocking. Preferably, the Master Password need also be entered to access the Setup, Editor, VCHIP Plus+ screens, and resolve any conflicts between multiple IPGs. Once entered, the TV is in Master Password (unprotected) mode until the TV is turned off, the user exits VCHIP Plus+ mode, or a certain time delay, which starts from the time when the user correctly enters the password, has expired.
  • a user in the master mode can also set password priorities for other users. For example, a second user may have a password with higher priority than a third user. The second user with a higher priority password than the third user may resolve some of the conflicts with the third user in the second user favor and override some of the options capabilities of the third user.
  • a UI allows the users (parents) to pick their own passwords, and to disable the lockout when the passwords are lost.
  • the functions of this UI include, but not limited to, the following:
  • FIG. 35 is a flow chart of the master password operation. Obviously not all operations would require a password. As shown in block 391 , the following operations have password protection: changing the password, changing the V-Chip ratings, deleting a “blocked” program or deleting a “blocked” channel, changing the “Babysitter” function, unblocking a program or a channel within the “Babysitter” function, changing the clock (this is because a different clock causes VCHIP Plus+ to block a different program), and changing the channel map (this is because a different channel map causes VCHIP Plus+ to block a different channel).
  • a Master password user can establish specific viewing (blocking) parameters for each User Profile, establish specific feature use limits (disable Recording or Watch) for each User Profile, modify the Master password, or enter all screens for all IPGs and view, record or schedule to watch all shows. But, it is not necessary to input the Master Password to access unrestricted shows, channels, time slots, features and guide screens. Whenever access to a blocked show (tuning to it in TV mode or pressing OK or Guide keys from the Guide) or a restricted screen (scrolling into or pressing OK from menu bar) or feature (recording via action buttons, any enabled buttons on the remote—likely the record button—and via the VCRPlus+ key) of the guide is attempted, a dialog box appears on screen requesting the password.
  • a user with the master password may block all ‘R” and “PG-13” ratings for a first IPG corresponding to a first TV receiver and block only “R” ratings for a second IPG corresponding to a second TV receiver. Therefore, regardless of what user uses the respective IPG, the blocked programs will not be enabled for viewing.
  • a user with the master password may block certain programs for a first user and block different programs for a second user. Thus, regardless of what TV receiver the first and second users use, they will be prevented from viewing the blocked programs respectively.
  • a user with a master password can customize or change the customization of other IPGs or user profiles.
  • the user controls the multiple IPG system from a remote control.
  • the remote control has special keys, such as GUIDE and INFO, that display IPG screens and pop-ups and that perform IPG functions.
  • the Grid Guide displays a grid of program information for given times.
  • the Channel Guide displays a grid of program information for given channels.
  • the Theme Guide displays a column of program information for a category and subcategory.
  • the Guides can display multiple days of information.
  • FIG. 2 shows a Channel Guide.
  • the Channel Guide displays program information in chronological order for one channel at a time.
  • the Channel Guide displays information for the channel that was highlighted in the Grid Guide.
  • the Channel Guide features a “carousel” 102 at the top which shows the graphical icon for the channel being displayed, and text icons for the adjoining channels in the user's customized lineup. Pressing RIGHT or LEFT would cause the carousel to rotate to the adjoining channel.
  • the operator may not wish to include the Channel Guide in the feature set of the IPG.
  • the Channel Guide is an optional feature. Depending on the amount of memory available and the specification of the operator, the number of days displayed in the guide and the amount of program descriptions can vary.
  • FIG. 3 shows the Grid Guide format and illustrates common components of the guides.
  • Guides in general include a listing area 104 in the middle in which program information is displayed, a title area 106 above the listing area, and menu tabs 108 at the top, which may or may not be accessible using the navigation keys (depending on the type of guide being displayed).
  • the Grid Guide in particular includes these elements, with a Network Operator name displayed in the title area, and additional elements such as the channel banner at the bottom and the interactive promotions 110 at the lefthand side.
  • the Network Operator may be a Multi-System Operator (MSO). Any cable company that owns more than one franchise is an MSO. For example, Cox Cable has multiple franchises, such as Cox/San Diego, Cox/Orange County, Cox/Phoenix, etc.
  • MSO Multi-System Operator
  • the picture-in-Picture is at the upper left-hand corner in those devices that support PIP. In devices that do not support PIP, this area can be used to display further graphical branding 112 , as shown in FIG. 4.
  • the channel banner in the Grid Guide is displayed at the bottom of the screen. It shows the current time and channel information for the currently-tuned channel.
  • Channel banners in general display information for the currently-tuned channel; the only exception is the channel banner that displays inside the browsing pop-up, which contains channel information for the program in the pop-up.
  • the channel banner is comprised of channel information, channel number, and current time.
  • the channel information contains a string of up to four characters giving the call letters and affiliation of channels.
  • the channel number contains a string of up to three characters that identifies the channel number to which the IPG device is tuned.
  • the current time shows the current time, displaying up to two numeric characters for the hour, followed by a colon, followed by two more numeric characters for the minute, followed by either an AM for a PM. All references to time use a 12-hour clock.
  • FIG. 4 shows 11 channel icons listed on the screen.
  • Channel icons 114 are the boxes that contain the channel number or an abbreviation of the channel name.
  • Channel icons display in the left column of the listing area of the Grid Guide and in the listing area of the Change Channel Order, Select Channels, Favorite Channels, and Lock by Channels screens.
  • Channel icons are up to seven characters wide and contain a channel number or name from one to four characters and a tune channel number.
  • To the right of the channel icons are the programs available for those channels for the current time period. The number of half-hours and channels that can be displayed in the Grid Guide can be configured, depending on the size of the font.
  • the Grid Guide shows a yellow star 116 to the left of the channel icon. If the channel is a locked channel, the Grid Guide shows a lock symbol 117 next to the channel icon. If a channel is both locked and a Favorite, the lock icon overlays the Favorite icon 118 , but both are visible.
  • the cursor is the yellow highlight 120 occupying a cell of the Grid Guide, a row in the Theme Guide, a field in the setup screens, etc.
  • the user moves from program to program in the guides.
  • the user moves the cursor to make selections, such as category and subcategory.
  • the user moves the cursor with the remote control navigation keys: ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , ⁇ , DAY ⁇ , DAY ⁇ , CHAN ⁇ , CHAN ⁇ ,, PAGE ⁇ , and PAGE ⁇ .
  • a larger icon 122 When the cursor is on a channel or channel icon, a larger icon 122 will overlay the default icon and a little of the icons above and below it.
  • the larger icon can display the channel logo (If the graphical logo is in memory), or the same information in the channel icon, but in a larger font.
  • the yellow star symbol indicates channels selected as Favorite.
  • the dark gray lock symbol indicates channels under parental control.
  • the red unlock symbol indicates channels that are unlocked.
  • the green purchase symbol indicates programs that have been purchased.
  • the user can return to the tuned channel, tune to another channel, or switch to another guide.
  • the user presses EXIT.
  • the user places the cursor on the desired program/channel and presses SELECT. This brings up the Info pop-up, on which the user can move the cursor to the “TUNE” button.
  • the user presses SELECT again, and the system tunes the IPG device to the new channel for the program and displays a Grazing Title pop-up.
  • the user presses numbers on the remote control number pad to display the number pad pop-up.
  • the pop-up times out (in two seconds) or the user presses SELECT the IPG closes the guide and tunes to the new channel.
  • the user presses the appropriate remote control key.
  • the user can press GUIDE while in the Theme Guide to see the Grid Guide.
  • GUIDE To display the Grid Guide while viewing TV or while viewing any IPG screen other than the Grid Guide, the user presses GUIDE. If the user is already displaying the Grid Guide and presses GUIDE, nothing happens.
  • GUIDE When the user presses GUIDE while viewing TV, the IPG displays the system page which contains the currently tuned channel and places the cursor on the current time and currently tuned channel 124 , as shown in FIG. 5. If the user is watching a channel not in the IPG channel lineup, the cursor goes to the first channel in the IPG channel lineup. The user can set up a customized channel order to be used by the IPG.
  • the cursor can be on any page of the guide and on any row of the page.
  • the channel that is currently tuned and the IPG channel lineup determine the location of the cursor.
  • the location of the cursor depends on which channel the TV is currently tuned. For example, if the user tunes the TV to channel two before pressing GUIDE, the cursor may be at the top of the first page of the Grid guide. If the user tunes the TV to channel 36 , the cursor may be in the middle of the last page of the Grid Guide.
  • the IPG can be configured to allow the user to reorder the TV channels for use with IPG.
  • the new customized order takes precedence over the default order and determines on which page the cursor appears.
  • the left corner of the title banner displays the PIP 126 , which shows the currently tuned channel, so that the user can use the guide during a commercial break and see when the commercial has ended.
  • the area can be used to display a graphical logo.
  • the program times 128 for the guide are in the title banner below the branding area.
  • a few pixels of visible rows of the Grid Guide appear at the right-hand edge of the listing area to indicate that the user can move the guide ahead additional days. If the user has moved the guide into the future, a few pixels of visible rows of the Grid Guide appear on the left edge of the listing area to indicate that the user can navigate the guide back to current time. At the top and bottom of the listing area, a few pixels of visible rows appear to indicate to the user that scrolling up or down past the top or bottom row will display information for a different page.
  • an icon is displayed next to items in a menu screen list.
  • a partial icon is displayed next to the first item on a screen display list to indicate that the list continues beyond the screen display and that there is an item which comes before the first item on the screen display.
  • a partial icon is displayed next to the last item on a screen display list to indicate that the list continues beyond the screen display and that there is an item which comes after the last item on the screen display.
  • a partial icon displayed next to the first item on the screen display indicates that the list continues beyond the upper portion of the screen display and a partial icon displayed next to the last item on a screen display list indicates that the list continues beyond the lower portion of the screen display.
  • the icon may be user-defined.
  • the user can invoke a palette of symbols from which the user can choose a symbol to designate as the icon for screen display list items.
  • the user may also create an icon using drawing software and designate the drawn icon as the icon for the screen display list item.
  • an icon for a screen display item may be designated from a file.
  • the preferred embodiment of the invention includes displaying circles or bullets next to items in a menu screen list. In addition, a partial circle or bullet is displayed next to the first or last item on a screen display list to indicate that the list continues beyond the screen display.
  • the Grid Guide has a screen time associated with it; screen time is not associated with the Theme Guide.
  • screen time is the time of the left-most column in the listing area.
  • FIG. 6 shows when the beginning of a show appears to extend beyond the left edge of the guide.
  • a show having a vertical bar at its left-hand side signals to the user that the show began at the time displayed. However, if the beginning of a show appears to extend beyond the left edge of the guide, this signals to the user that this program actually began at an earlier time slot than is currently displayed on the screen.
  • the Grid Guide is colored by the theme.
  • the Grid Guide displays different colors for several types of programming, based on theme attributes.
  • the default color scheme uses purple, green, and blue for show titles.
  • the show titles on the Grid Guide can be displayed in three theme colors:
  • Movies are displayed on a purple background; sports are displayed on a green background; and all other shows are displayed on a blue background.
  • Interactive promotions may be any color in the IPG palette except bright yellow, which is reserved for the cursor.
  • a show title includes a moving Time Column.
  • the moving Time Column graphically represents how much of the show is over. It is a column, because the shading is vertical. Its height is constant and its width expands from left to right.
  • any portion of the show title that precedes the current minute is displayed in a darker variant of its Theme Color. For example, if the current time is 8:17 pm and the user is displaying a system page with a screen time of 8:00 pm, the moving Time Column will shade roughly half of the first half-hour of show titles, so that the background color for movies will be a darker red up until the current time, the background color for sports a darker green, and the background color for all other shows a darker blue. When the cursor is on a show that begins before current time, that portion of the cursor to the left of current time will also be shaded a darker shade of yellow.
  • the IPG includes interactive promotions.
  • the lefthand side of the display may have a plurality of interactive promotions.
  • the interactive promotions may change over time.
  • the promotional area at the left-hand side of the screen, beneath the PIP displays two interactive promotions, which can feature a combination of text and bit mapped content.
  • the cursor 130 When the cursor is on the earliest possible column of show titles and the user presses ⁇ , the cursor 130 will move onto one of the two interactive promotions, as shown in FIG. 7.
  • the user can move between the two promotions by pressing ⁇ or ⁇ ,. If the user presses ⁇ while the cursor is on the upper promotion or ⁇ while the cursor is on the lower promotion, the cursor will move to the “Grid Guide” menu tab.
  • the cursor will move back to the show title from which the user moved to the promotions. Then, if the user presses ⁇ again, the cursor will move to whichever of the two promotions the user had last selected.
  • a user can provide input in response to the interactive promotion and cause an action.
  • an interactive billboard 132 will be displayed for the promotion, as shown in FIG. 8.
  • the interactive billboard includes text and color information that is sent to the IPG as part of the database.
  • the interactive billboard accompanies the interactive promotion and is a feature of the promotion.
  • the promotion is very small and only allows the advertiser to display a small amount of text; the billboard can be multiple pages of text. In essence, to analogize to books, the promotion is the cover of the book and the billboard is the complete book.
  • the interactive billboard also includes buttons, which when selected cause an action.
  • buttons which when selected cause an action.
  • SELECT is a key on the remote control. Pressing the SELECT key while a cursor is on one of the three buttons effects the action of that button.
  • the phrase “Selecting ‘AUTOTUNE’ . . . ” is to be read as a compression of “Highlighting ‘AUTOTUNE’ and pressing SELECT.”
  • Remote control keys and on-screen buttons are differentiated by using quotation marks around the latter.
  • the interactive promotions may be configured to be different on different pages of the guide, and promotions in the PPV Guide may be different from those displayed in the Grid Guide.
  • the promotions on any given page may also be combined into a single, rectangular promotion.
  • the Theme Guide enables users to view a list of programs for a particular category and subcategory.
  • the Themes screen displays a list of categories from which the user can select one.
  • the Theme Subcategories screen displays a list of subcategories for the selected category. The user can select one for viewing program information.
  • the Theme Guide screen displays programs for a category and subcategory.
  • the user selects a category on the Themes screen and then selects a subcategory on the Theme Subcategories screen.
  • the system then displays the programs that fit the subcategory on the Theme Guide screen.
  • the Themes screen 134 can display up to 12 theme categories per page from which the user can select one, as shown in FIG. 9. The operator can choose theme categories and subcategories at the headend PC.
  • the user displays the IPG Themes screen in one of two ways: (1) by pressing either GUIDE or MENU and then moving the cursor up to the menu tabs, scrolling to the “Themes” tab 136 , and then pressing SELECT; and (2) by pressing MENU, scrolling down to the “Theme Search” option, and pressing SELECT.
  • the menu tabs at the top of the screen are displayed at the top of the Themes screen.
  • the title banner 106 at the top of the screen says Theme Search.
  • the listing area in the middle of the screen contains up to 12 categories listed in a column down the screen.
  • the Theme subcategories 138 that pertain to the selected Theme are displayed on the right of the screen. As the user moves the cursor from category to category, the subcategories at the right change, so that the user can anticipate what will happen if the Theme is selected. If there are more subcategories than can fit on the page, the word “more . . . ” is displayed at the bottom of the column, so that the user looking for a particular subcategory isn't mislead into thinking that all the subcategories are being displayed.
  • FIG. 10 shows the Theme Guide with multiple episodes 140 .
  • the theme is movies.
  • the highlighted show is “Amistad.” If the highlighted show has multiple episodes, they will be displayed on the right side of the Theme Guide.
  • Pressing ⁇ moves the cursor down one category. If the user is already at the bottom of the category list and presses ⁇ , the cursor doesn't respond if there is only one page of categories. If there are more pages, then if the cursor is on the bottom entry of the page and the user presses ⁇ , the IPG displays the next page of categories, and the cursor goes to the first entry of the next page; if the user is already at the bottom of the list and presses ⁇ , the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list.
  • Pressing ⁇ moves the cursor up one category. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses ⁇ , the cursor moves to the “Themes” menu tab. If there are more pages, then if the cursor is on the top entry of the page and the user presses ⁇ , the IPG displays the previous page of categories, and the cursor goes to the last entry of the previous page; if the user is already at the top of the list and presses ⁇ , the cursor moves to the “Themes” menu tab.
  • Theme category To select a Theme category, the user moves the cursor with the cursor navigation keys to a category and then presses SELECT. Once the user selects a category, the system remembers it until the user selects a new category or until the user leaves Themes. If there are subcategories for the category, the system displays them on the Theme Subcategories screen 142 as shown in FIG. 11.
  • the Theme Subcategories screen displays subcategories 144 from which the user can select. Some categories have only a few subcategories, and others have multiple pages of subcategories. If there are no subcategories associated with the selected Theme, the system does not display the Theme Subcategories screen. Instead. the IPG displays the Theme Guide for the category when the user selects a theme. Pressing SELECT on the Themes screen displays the Theme Subcategories screen with a list of associated subcategories.
  • the title banner 106 at the top of the screen contains the user's selected category.
  • the listing area in the middle of the screen shows the subcategories for the category.
  • the Theme Subcategories screen can display up to 11 categories on one page. Typically there are not more than 11 subcategories for each category.
  • the cursor defaults to the first subcategory; if the user returns to this screen from the Theme Guide, the cursor displays on the last selected subcategory. If there are more than 11 subcategories, a small amount of a twelfth row is displayed at the bottom of the listing area, as a cue to the user that there is more information on the next page. If there are 11 or fewer subcategories, this area is grayed out, as a cue to the user that all of the available information is already displayed.
  • the user navigates the Theme Subcategories screen similarly to the Themes screen. Pressing ⁇ , moves the cursor down one subcategory. If the user is already at the bottom of the subcategory list and presses ⁇ , the cursor doesn't respond if there is only one page of subcategories. If there are more pages. then if the cursor is on the bottom entry of the page and the user presses ⁇ , the IPG displays the next page of subcategories, and the cursor goes to the first entry of the next page. If the user is already at the bottom of a multiple-page list and presses ⁇ , the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list. Pressing ⁇ moves the cursor up one subcategory.
  • the cursor doesn't respond if there is only one page of subcategories. If there are more pages, then if the cursor is on the top entry of the page and the user presses ⁇ , the IPG displays the previous page of subcategories, and the cursor goes to the last entry of the previous page: if the user is already at the top of a multiple-page list and presses ⁇ , the system displays the TOP message at the top of the list.
  • the user moves the cursor with the cursor navigation keys to a subcategory and presses SELECT.
  • the cursor remembers the subcategory until the user selects a new category (on the Themes screen) or until the user leaves the Themes screens.
  • the system searches the database for all the current and future programs that fit in the subcategory; if there are more programs than fit in the buffer, the system holds as many as it can and then enables the user to continue the search on the Theme Guide screen. If there are no programs for the subcategory, the Theme Guide is displayed with a single line, with “(no title)” displayed. The user can press SELECT or EXIT to return to the Themes Subcategories screen. If the system finds programs, it displays them on the Theme Guide screen.
  • the Theme Guide displays all the programs that fit a particular subcategory.
  • a Theme Guide may have multiple pages of program listings.
  • the Theme Guide can display between one and seven days of program information depending on the amount of memory available and the specifications of the operator.
  • the program listings can be sorted by time, alphabetically by title, and by channel.
  • Pressing SELECT on the Theme Subcategories screen displays the Theme Guide screen with the programs that fit the subcategory, as shown in FIG. 12.
  • the cursor displays on the Theme Guide screen once the search is complete.
  • the Theme Guide displays the current and future programs that fit the subcategory.
  • the cursor defaults to the first program in the Theme Guide. If more than one program starts at the same time, the system displays the programs in the user's customized channel order.
  • the title banner displays the selected subcategory.
  • Below the title banner is the SORT BY row 146 that enables the user to sort program listings by time, alphabetically by title, and by channel.
  • the listing area in the middle of the screen lists the programs that fit the subcategory. For each program, the system displays the following information:
  • the listings are sorted by channel, the title, channel number, and channel name (preferably 4 characters, but it could be more or less characters) are displayed.
  • the description 148 for the selected title is displayed.
  • the channel name 150 and channel number 152 are displayed on one line, and the start day and time are displayed on the next line. Beneath these, the description is displayed. If the description is too long to be fully displayed, as much of the description as possible is displayed, followed by the “more . . . ” tag.
  • Theme Guide is sorted by time or channel, multiple entries of the same title are each given their own line in the Theme Guide. If the Theme Guide is sorted by title, however, multiple entries of the same title are “compressed” onto one line of the Theme Guide, and the description at the right shows how many episodes' are available and displays as many of them as possible. This is done to avoid having multiple pages of “News,” for example, slowing the user down.
  • FIG. 10 shows how 12 episodes of Amistad have been “compressed” onto one line of the theme guide on the left, and the description on the right shows program information for each of the Amistad episodes. If the user presses SELECT, a sub-screen 154 is shown with information for each episode, as shown in FIG. 14. The user can then press EXIT to return to the Theme Guide.
  • the user navigates the Theme Guide screen similarly to the other Theme screens. Pressing ⁇ moves the cursor down one program. If the cursor is on the bottom entry of the page and the user presses ⁇ , the IPG displays the next page of Theme entries, and the cursor goes to the first entry of the next page. If the user is already at the bottom of the list and presses ⁇ , the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list.
  • Pressing ⁇ moves the cursor up one program. If the cursor is on the top entry of the page and the user presses ⁇ , the IPG displays the previous page of Theme entries, and the cursor goes to the bottom entry of the previous page. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses ⁇ , the system displays the TOP message at the top of the list.
  • pressing PAGE ⁇ displays ten programs following the currently displayed ten programs.
  • the cursor stays on the same row of the list. If the user is already at the bottom of the list and presses PAGE ⁇ , the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list.
  • Pressing PAGE ⁇ displays the previous programs. The cursor stays on the same row of the list. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses PAGE ⁇ , the system displays the TOP message at the top of the list.
  • pressing DAY ⁇ starts the search again for 24 hours beyond cursor time. If the user presses DAY ⁇ on the seventh day from the current day and the system does not have any more listings of programs for the subcategory, the system displays the message no title and returns the user to the subcategories screen. Pressing DAY ⁇ starts the search again for 24 hours before cursor time. If the user is displaying the Theme Guide sorted by channel or by title, pressing DAY ⁇ or DAY ⁇ causes the Theme Day Warning 156 to be displayed, as shown in FIG. 15.
  • the IPG includes a complete menu system.
  • FIG. 17 shows the complete menu system tree 160 .
  • the Main Menu is shown in FIG. 18.
  • the Main Menu 162 enables the user to select options for setting up the IPG and the IPG device.
  • all major IPG features except the Grid Guide have an entry in the Main Menu.
  • the menu tabs are visible at the very top of the screen.
  • the title banner at the top contains the title Main Menu.
  • the listing area shows ten lines per page and includes all the features that have a top-level menu entry.
  • the Main Menu is opened is few different ways. For example, Pressing MENU on the remote control opens the Main Menu; or Pressing GUIDE on the remote control, causing the Grid Guide to be displayed, and then moving the cursor up to the menu tabs at the top of the screen, moving the cursor over to the “Menu” tab, and pressing SELECT opens the Main Menu.
  • the Menu sub-items that pertain to the selected feature are displayed on the right of the screen.
  • the header “Press SELECT to see” and the feature name direct the user to the feature.
  • the feature has sub-items (for example. “Movies” would be a sub-item under “Theme Search”), then the list of sub-items are displayed underneath the feature name on the right-hand side to show the user what sorts of things can be done.
  • the sub-items at the right change, so that the user can anticipate what will happen if the feature is selected.
  • the word “more . . . ” is displayed at the bottom of the column, so that the user looking for a particular sub-item is not mislead into thinking that all the sub-items are being displayed.
  • most of the menu screens are drawn without help text, because the inclusion of the sub-menu column makes most of the menu items self-explanatory.
  • help text is displayed at the bottom of the sub-menu column.
  • the menu tabs at the top of the Main Menu allow the user easy access to at least five important features from any screen.
  • Two of these features, the Main Menu and the Grid Guide, are preferably non-configurable.
  • the other three features may be configured by the MSO, in order to spotlight features that may benefit the user that may not be easy to access any other way.
  • the other three features can be the PPV Guide, the “About the MSO” screen (What's New), and Themes.
  • Pay-Per-View ordering usually involves conflict resolution, because the guide is required to tune to the PPV channel at the start of a purchased event, and the guide must be aware of any other scheduled events that take place at the same time.
  • the ordering of PPV is handled at the network level and the IPG merely provides the UI to the scheduled purchases to display in the guides and in a Scheduled Events List as shown in FIG. 31.
  • the Caller ID feature includes three major components:
  • FIG. 20 shows a caller ID pop-up 166 overlaid on a full screen television program.
  • the IPG displays a caller ID pop-up.
  • the elements of the pop-up comprises: A selectable “MENU” button 168 , a selectable “EXIT’ button 170 , the caller's name (if available), the phone number from which the caller is calling (if available), and a phone icon, which could be animated to reinforce its relationship to the ringing phone.
  • FIG. 21 shows a caller ID pop-up overlaid on a guide screen. If the pop-up is drawn over a guide screen, the pop-up is deliberately drawn low enough on the screen so as not to obscure the Menu headers.
  • the network sends a message to the residential gateway.
  • the IPG displays a pop-up overlaid on the television program being watched, as shown in FIG. 22, overlaid on the television program being watched.
  • the Message Waiting pop-up 172 displays in the position shown in FIG. 22.
  • the Message Waiting pop-up is displayed exactly as the Caller ID pop-up is displayed, for the same duration and with the same properties, except that the text field says “You have a message” instead of indicating a name or number.
  • FIG. 23 shows a Telephone Services menu 174 .
  • the Telephone Services menu includes all of the options available to the user for configuring either the Caller ID pop-up or the Message Waiting pop-up, as well as viewing the Caller ID log.
  • the user can bring up the Telephone Services menu in several ways. For example, Selecting Telephone Services from the Main Menu brings up the Telephone Services menu. In particular, from the TV state, the user can press MENU or GUIDE on the remote to display the Main Menu. The user then presses the ⁇ or ⁇ keys on the remote to move the cursor to the menu tabs. The user presses the ⁇ or ⁇ keys to move the cursor to the “MENU” menu tab and presses SELECT. The user presses the ⁇ or ⁇ keys to move the cursor to the Telephone Services menu. Finally, the user presses select to display the Telephone Services menu.
  • the Telephone Services menu is comprised of three options: (1) Caller ID Setup, Caller ID Log, and Message Setup.
  • the user can select an option from the menu by pressing ⁇ or ⁇ . to highlight an option and then SELECT to choose it.
  • the Caller ID Setup Screen is entered by selecting the Caller ID Log option from the Telephone Services menu.
  • FIG. 24 shows a caller ID setup where the Caller ID is off on the television. If the user selects Caller ID Setup from the Telephone Services menu, the Caller ID Setup screen is displayed, as shown in FIG. 24. Tin one embodiment, there are two options for configuring the display of the Caller ID pop-up. The first option, Turn Caller ID Off on this TV 176 , allows the user to turn off the Caller ID pop-up on a given source. (If the household is not configured for multi-source, this option is grayed-out.) The second option, Set Caller ID Display Time 177 , allows the set the duration of the display screens. The help text 178 at the bottom of the screen explains the item to the user and displays the current state of the Caller ID display.
  • Turn Caller ID Off on this TV 176 allows the user to turn off the Caller ID pop-up on a given source. (If the household is not configured for multi-source, this option is grayed-out.)
  • the second option, Set Caller ID Display Time 177
  • FIG. 25 shows a caller ID setup after the Caller ID is turned on. If the user presses SELECT when the Caller ID is off, the menu option changes to Turn Caller ID on this TV 180 and the help text changes to reflect the new state of the Caller ID display, as shown in FIG. 25. The user can still display the Caller ID pop-up by pressing the CALL ID key on the remote.
  • the second option Set Caller ID Display Time 182
  • the second option shows the user both graphically (as shown by the arrows) and verbally (as shown by the text) that the display duration can be adjusted.
  • the display duration can be adjusted in one-second increments from one to fifty-nine seconds when the Caller ID Setup is displayed.
  • arrows are displayed both to the left and to the right of the Set Caller ID Display Time. The left arrow indicates that the display duration can be decremented by pressing the ⁇ key on the remote.
  • the right arrow indicates that the display duration can be incremented by pressing the ⁇ key on the remote. Pressing the ⁇ key on the remote decrements the display duration one second and pressing the ⁇ key on the remote increments the display duration one second.
  • EXIT EXIT
  • the ⁇ is the LEFT key.
  • the ⁇ is the RIGHT key.
  • the IPG When the user displays a Caller ID Log (see below), the IPG shows an aggregate list. If two users have the Caller ID Log displayed on different sources and one user deletes a message, the deletion does not occur on the log of the other source until that user closes the log.
  • the Caller ID Log is entered by selecting the Caller ID Log option from the Telephone Services menu.
  • the Caller ID Log shows the user a list of the last N number of calls he or she has received, in reverse-chronological order (that is, the most recent call is displayed at the top of the list) where N can be a preset number or a user-defined number.
  • the third field operates much like the second field, Set Caller ID Display Time, operates. That is, after the user places the cursor over the Set Number of Calls, arrows are displayed both to the left and to the right of Set Number of Calls.
  • the left arrow indicates that the number of calls N can be decremented by pressing the ⁇ key on the remote.
  • the right arrow indicates that the number of calls N can be incremented by pressing the RIGHT key on the remote. Pressing the ⁇ key on the remote decrements the number of calls N and pressing the ⁇ key on the remote increments the number of calls N.
  • the preset number N is 50. Where the user already has the limit of N calls logged and receives a new Call, that call is displayed at the top of the log, and the N+1 item is deleted from the bottom of the log. Where the preset number N is 50, the 51st item is deleted from the bottom of the log.
  • the number of calls N is MSO-defined rather than user-defined, and is configured by the MSO at the network level.
  • the user can also delete items from the log selectively.
  • the Caller ID Log is not protected by a Parental Control password.
  • the Caller ID Log is protected by the Parental Control password.
  • the Parental Control password is set from a Parental Control menu. If the user has set a password, then the IPG asks for the password when the user selects caller ID log from the Telephone Services menu.
  • FIG. 27 shows a parental password prompt 186 for the Caller ID Log. Once the user correctly enters the password, the Caller ID Log 188 is displayed, as shown in FIG. 28.
  • FIG. 29 shows the Delete item from Caller ID Log pop-up 190 , which is displayed if the user presses SELECT on any of the calls.
  • the Caller ID Log pop-up allows the user to select whether or not to delete the item, clear the whole list, or return to the list.
  • the Message Setup screen 192 is displayed.
  • the options and layout of this screen are exactly the same as for the Caller ID Setup screen.
  • the first option on this screen is whether to turn messages off/on the television and the second option lets the user set the message display time, as shown in FIG. 30.

Abstract

A multiple Interactive Program Guide (IPG) system provides different television programming and different IPGs to several different users respectively. A single set-top box is capable of providing programming and scheduling data to several different television sets. Each of the different IPGs share a common database. Therefore, a first IPG being viewed by a first user can display data added or modified via a second IPG by a second user of the system. Furthermore, the data added or modified by the second user can influence the viewing rights of the first user. Also, all the competing and conflicting requests for limited resources, such as VCR scheduled recordings, will be brought to the users' attention and will be displayed by the system.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 09/363,575, which claims priority to the following applications: provisional Application No. 60/094,564, filed Jul. 29, 1998, entitled “Interactive Program Guide Product Definition”; Provisional Application No. 60/123,294, filed Mar. 4, 1999, entitled “Electronic Program Guide System and Methods for Displaying Programs and Advertising”; and provisional Application No. 60/135,004, filed May 20, 1999, entitled “Multiple Interactive Program Guides.” The above-identified applications being incorporated by reference as if fully set forth herein.[0001]
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates generally to electronic interactive program guides (IPGs), and more particularly to a system for managing and displaying multiple IPGs. [0002]
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • The earliest versions of on-screen electronic program guides (EPG) provided for the storage of program schedule information in an electronic memory connected to a television (TV) receiver and generally provided for the on-screen formatting and display of the program schedule information on the TV screen. The early EPGs typically overlaid the TV programming and were extremely limited as to viewer interaction. [0003]
  • Later EPGs provided improvements in viewer EPG interaction and also provided a Picture-In-Guide (“PIG”) display of the TV program simultaneous with the display of the EPG. International Application No. PCT/US95/11173 (International Publication No. WO 96/07270), the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein for all purposes, illustrates such an improvement. However, each of these IPGs requires a set-top box or a computer. Thus, in a household with several TV sets, several set-top boxes are needed. This increases the cost of having multiple TV sets in a house. Additionally, different users with different TV watching tastes and habits do not have the flexibility of customizing an IPG to their needs. Furthermore, it is difficult and time-consuming for parents to exercise parental control over several IPGs that are not related to and do not communicate with each other. [0004]
  • Therefore, there is a need for a multiple IPG system in a single set-top box or a single computer wherein the IPGs share some data and are capable of notifying users of any competing and conflicting resources. There is also a need for a centralized parental control over the multiple IPGs. [0005]
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention relates to a multiple IPG system. Embodied in a single set-top box, the system provides different TV programming and different IPGs to several different users respectively. The single set-top box is capable of providing programming and scheduling data to several different TV sets. Moreover, each of the different IPGs share some common data stored in a common database with each other. Therefore, a first IPG being viewed by a first user can display data added or modified via a second IPG by a second user of the system. Furthermore, the data added or modified by the second user can influence the viewing rights of the first user. Also, all the competing and conflicting requests for limited resources, such as VCR scheduled recordings, are brought to the users' attention and displayed or prompted by the system. [0006]
    • DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1A is a network of a data center head end, a network operator head end, and an IPG device. [0007]
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of a set-up box that supports three sources and three TV sets. [0008]
  • FIG. 1C is a block diagram of a software architecture for a system that supports three IPGs. [0009]
  • FIG. 2 is a Channel Guide featuring a “carousel” at the top that includes a graphical icon for the channel being displayed, and text icons for adjoining channels in the user's customized lineup. [0010]
  • FIG. 3 is a Grid Guide format and illustrates common components of guides. [0011]
  • FIG. 4 is an IPG for displaying further graphical branding. [0012]
  • FIG. 5 is an IPG system page when the user presses GUIDE while viewing TV. [0013]
  • FIG. 6 is a screen for when the beginning of a show appears to extend beyond the left edge of the guide. [0014]
  • FIG. 7 is interactive promotions within an IPG. [0015]
  • FIG. 8 is an interactive billboard. [0016]
  • FIG. 9 is a Themes screen. [0017]
  • FIG. 10 is a Theme Guide with multiple episodes. [0018]
  • FIG. 11 is a Theme subcategories. [0019]
  • FIG. 12 is a Theme Guide sorted by time. [0020]
  • FIG. 13 is a Theme Guide when there are no titles available for the user's selected sub-category. [0021]
  • FIG. 14 is a Theme Guide with episode subscreen. [0022]
  • FIG. 15 is a Theme Day warning. [0023]
  • FIG. 16 is “Press SELECT for more titles” command in the last row on a screen when all the programs for the subcategory in the buffer can not be fit in a single screen. [0024]
  • FIG. 17 is a menu system tree. [0025]
  • FIG. 18 is a Main menu. [0026]
  • FIG. 19 is a partial menu globe on the Main menu. [0027]
  • FIG. 20 is a caller ID pop-up. [0028]
  • FIG. 21 is a caller ID pop-up over a guide screen. [0029]
  • FIG. 22 is a message waiting pop-up. [0030]
  • FIG. 23 is a Telephone Services menu. [0031]
  • FIG. 24 is a caller ID setup (Turn Caller ID OFF). [0032]
  • FIG. 25 is a caller ID setup (Turn Caller ID ON). [0033]
  • FIG. 26 is a caller ID setup (Set Caller ID Display Time). [0034]
  • FIG. 27 is a parental password prompt for the Caller ID Log. [0035]
  • FIG. 28 is a Caller ID Log. [0036]
  • FIG. 29 is a Delete item from Caller ID Log pop-up. [0037]
  • FIG. 30 is a Messages Setup for turning messages off/on and setting the message display time. [0038]
  • FIG. 31 is a television screen displaying a Scheduled Events List. [0039]
  • FIG. 32 is a television screen displaying a prompt window for notifying a user who is requesting a PPV purchase that has already been scheduled. [0040]
  • FIG. 33 is a television screen displaying VCHIP Plus+ functions. [0041]
  • FIG. 34 is a television screen displaying selection of TV Ratings for blocking. [0042]
  • FIG. 35 is a flow chart of a master password operation.[0043]
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Overall System [0044]
  • An embodiment of the invention is a system that provides customers with multiple instantly accessible electronic IPGs. The multiple IPG system enables users to view TV programs and schedule information in each IPG. Preferably, each IPG comprises a Grid Guide, a Channel Guide, and a Theme Guide. Each IPG receives, stores, and displays program titles and information and share some of the information with other IPGs. The format and some features of an IPG are described in the U.S. Pat. No. 6,177,931, filed on Jul., 21, 1998 and entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING AND RECORDING CONTROL INTERFACE WITH TELEVISION PROGRAMS, VIDEO, ADVERTISING INFORMATION AND PROGRAM SCHEDULING INFORMATION” the disclosures of which is hereby incorporated by reference as if set forth herein in its entirety. [0045]
  • Preferably, the multiple IPGs are embodied in a single set-top box. In an alternative embodiment, the IPGs may reside in a single computer connected to multiple TV sets or multiple displays. In yet another embodiment, the IPGs may reside in a single electronic device with capabilities for displaying TV programs on multiple TV sets. The IPGs may reside on a device which is capable of downloading the IPGs into another device which can display the IPGs on multiple TV sets or multiple displays. In yet another embodiment, the IPGs may reside in multiple electronic devices or set top boxes, however, they would still share data such as an Scheduled Events List including, for example, an aggregate list for all individual recordings and series recordings, future PPV purchases, and scheduled tunes. [0046]
  • An IPG user uses a remote control with IPG keys labeled GUIDE, INFO, etc. to display colorful, high-resolution program guides, screens, and pop-ups on the TV. Each IPG can be configured to allow the user to search programs by time and theme to get additional information about programs, and to browse to see what is on other channels while still watching a program. [0047]
  • Each IPG can be configured so that users can tailor their channel lineup by blocking out channels they seldom watch and placing their favorite channels at the beginning of the list. [0048]
  • The multiple IPG system includes a comprehensive network of data centers and data broadcasting equipment that enables users to receive program data in their homes. FIG. 1 shows a [0049] network 1 of a data center headend 20, a network operator headend 30, and an IPG device 40.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, a data center headend receives updated program information from multiple data sources. The data from various sources is merged at the data center headend in preparation to be sent to the network operators. The data is sent, using the FTP protocol, from the data center headend via the [0050] Internet 50 to the Download Server 60 of the network operator head end and then sent via hybrid fiber-coax 70 to an IPG device. The network operator headend receives the most recent schedule data whenever it downloads data from the data center headend.
  • The network operator can specify the number of days of program information displayed in the guides, the number of channels covered in the guides, and the amount of show descriptions. The network operator can also specify the number of formats of the guide. [0051]
  • If an IPG is configured to manage and control VCR recordings, then the IPG device includes an infrared signal transmitter used to send infrared commands to the VCR. If the IPG is configured to exclude an automatic recording feature, then the IPG device does not need to include an infrared signal transmitter. [0052]
  • An IPG user interacts with the respective IPG by using a remote control to send commands to the respective receiver in an IPG device. In one embodiment, the receiver is an infrared or UHF receiver. An exemplary command is the GUIDE command. The Grid Guide displays program information in a grid format. To view the Grid Guide, an IPG user presses the GUIDE key on the remote control; the command is sent to the infrared or UHF receiver and then the IPG device passes a key to the IPG, which displays the Grid Guide. [0053]
  • The Grid Guide displays a grid of program title, channel, and time slot information for a configurable number of channels. The guide displays information for the current day and up to N days in the future, depending on the amount of memory available. In one embodiment, N is six days. Each IPG can display Music Choice channels in the Grid Guide and allow the user to tune to these channels or lock them out. [0054]
  • Each IPG provides the user with an interface including a variety of colorful, high-resolution on-screen program guides, screens, and pop-up windows that the user displays by pressing keys on the remote control. An IPG may vary depending on the amount of memory allocated for schedule information and the feature set specified by the network operator. Depending on the amount of memory available and the specification of the network operator, the number of days and channels displayed in the guides and the amount of program descriptions can vary. [0055]
  • Each IPG can be configured so that users can see additional information, such as plot, actors, and rating for a program by pressing the INFO or SELECT keys while viewing a guide. The IPG can also include capabilities that allow the user to schedule VCR recordings from a guide. While the cursor is on one of the programs in a guide, the user presses INFO or SELECT to display the Info pop-up for that program. [0056]
  • Programs can be searched by theme using the IPG Theme Guide selection. The Theme Guide selection enables users to select programs by category and subcategory, rather than just by time, channel, or title. Once the user selects a category, such as MOVIES, and then selects a subcategory, such as ALL MOVIES, the programs that fit the subcategory are displayed on the Theme Guide. Once in the Theme Guide screen, the user can sort programs by time, by channel, and alphabetically. The network operator can configure and manipulate the theme categories and subcategories for the Theme guide. [0057]
  • Each IPG can be configured to allow users to tailor the program guides by selecting which channels to display in the guides and which channels the respective IPG device tunes to when the user channel surfs. Users can deselect channels that they seldom watch. Deselected channels are not displayed on the guides and are skipped over when the user tunes with the CH↑ or CH↓ keys on a remote control. Users can change the channel order to place their most watched channels at the top of the list. Users can also select channels through the Favorite Channels screen. The respective IPG tunes through the Favorite channels when the user presses FAV while watching TV. [0058]
  • Users can tune and browse channels. From any of the guides, a user can tune to another channel by highlighting a program title, pressing INFO or SELECT to display the INFO pop-up, and then selecting the “TUNE” button on the pop-up. [0059]
  • To tune while watching TV, the user presses CH↑ or CH↓ and the system tunes to the next or previous channel in the customized channel order or default channel map. [0060]
  • Users can also “browse” through channels to see what is on other channels while keeping the TV tuned to the program they are still watching. By pressing the ↑ or ↓ arrow keys on a remote control while watching TV, the user can see the title, time, description, and duration of the program on the next or previous channel. [0061]
  • Each IPG includes a full menu system that allows the user to set up the IPG functions, such as screen display position, and user preferences. An example of an IPG screen function is the Adjust Display Position screen function. Another feature of each IPG is Internet access which can be set up from an IPG menu. [0062]
  • Each IPG includes a Parental Control feature that allows the user to block TV viewing. For example, the user can lock entire channels; lock the IPG entirely, so that no functions may be used; and limit Interactive Pay Per View (IPPV) purchasing. [0063]
  • Each IPG enables a user to purchase current and future IPPV programs. IPPV programs, descriptions, and buying information are displayed in the guides. Each IPG also enables network operators to display operator messages. [0064]
  • The user can set up a parental control password and a purchase password. To use parental control, the user must first set up a parental password. The user does not have to set up a purchase password to make impulse PPV purchases. If the user does set up a purchase password, the system requires the user to enter the password to complete the purchase. [0065]
  • Each IPG contains stored barkers that can be used when certain channel status criterions are met. A barker is a message displayed on the screen which can provide information to the user or indicate action(s) for the user to take. The operator can also set up video barkers to be used instead of stored barkers. [0066]
  • Each IPG can display Caller ID and Message Waiting information in both the TV state and when a guide is displayed. In addition, user preferences and a Caller ID Log are available in a Main Menu. [0067]
  • IPG screens and pop-ups are displayed in the industry safe title area of the TV screen. Preferably, each IPG display uses a high resolution pixel-based display. [0068]
  • The multiple IPG system is multi-source. Multiple MPEG streams are delivered to multiple TV sets throughout a house, with each stream (or “source”) modulated to a different channel. In one embodiment, the multiple IPG system provides independent instances of the IPG, one for each source. In a preferred embodiment, the system provides interdependent IPGs, one for each source. In the latter embodiment, each of the different IPGs share some common data stored in a common database with each other. Also, each IPG includes data unique to that specific IPG. Therefore, a first IPG being viewed by a first user can display data added or modified via a second IPG by a second user of the system. Furthermore, all the competing and conflicting requests for limited resources, such as VCR scheduled recordings, are brought to the users' attention and displayed or prompted by the system. [0069]
  • For example, a comprehensive list of pay-per-view (PPV) scheduled times and/or future purchases for all of the users can be displayed by any user on any TV. In addition, if a first user attempts to order a PPV program that has already been ordered by a second user, the system prompts the first user with the information about the already placed (or scheduled to be placed) order. Furthermore, if a first user schedules recording of a first program and a second user attempts to schedule recording of a second program that will be telecast at the same time, the system prompts the second user and displays the recording schedules stored by all the users. [0070]
  • Moreover, parental control blocking criteria by a user (with master password) influences other users' viewing of the programs. For example, if a first user attempts to view a program that meets a blocking criterion set by a second user (with master password), the program will be blocked and the first user will be prevented from viewing the program. [0071]
  • The multiple IPGs support a hierarchy of multiple user passwords. For example, in a household, the parents may have the highest level of password (a master password), the teenager may have a second level password, and the younger children may have lower levels of passwords. A user with a higher level password may override the changes made by users with lower level passwords. A user with a master password can override the changes made by all other users. A user with the master password sets the priorities for other passwords based on other user names and/or user profiles. Each password is stored in a respective memory location. Upon entry of a password, the microprocessor determines the priority of the entered password and the privileges assigned to that password based on the respective user profile or information associated with the password stored in the memory. [0072]
  • A set-top box permits multiple MPEG streams (sources) to be simultaneously delivered and distributed throughout a household (for simplicity reasons, a three source set-top box is discussed, however, the invention is easily extendable to several source set-top boxes). These streams are each modulated to a different channel, so that any of the multiple streams may be viewed at a given location. Multiple independent IPGs, one for each source are provided. Each IPG has its own user-configurable data such as channel lineup, list of favorite channels, and set of passwords. The IPGs share a common database and in many instances, interact with each other. [0073]
  • IPGs can also be customized by and be particular to specific users. A specific user identifies him-/herself by entering a user name and the associated password into an appropriate field in a displayed screen when a TV receiver is turned on. Once the user is identified, the respective IPG is displayed for the identified user. In the alternative, the IPGs are particular to each source, i.e., no matter which user is identified, a specific IPG is displayed depending on which TV set is turned on. [0074]
  • FIG. 1B is a block diagram of the components of an embodiment of the invention provided in a single set-top box that feeds conventional TV receivers or monitors [0075] 17, 18, and 18. The set-top box receives digital TV signals and converts them into analog video and audio drive signals. The digital TV signals are arranged in packets according to an established standard format, such as ATSC. The components include a microprocessor 10, a memory controller or direct memory access (DMA) device 7 coupled to the microprocessor 10, RAM 8 coupled to the DMA device 7 and the microprocessor 10, synchronization (synch) and timing circuitry 6 coupled to all of the components, data depacketizer 2, decoder 3 coupled to the depacketizer 2, IPG data extractor 4 coupled to the decoder 3 and the microprocessor, tuners 11-13 coupled to the IPG data extractor 4, MPEG decoders 14-16 coupled to the tuners 11-13, display generator 9 coupled to the microprocessor and the DMA device, and TV receivers 17-19 coupled to the display generator 9.
  • The [0076] microprocessor 10 configures and coordinates the activities of all of the other components in the set-top box via two-way communication paths without participating in any data movement operations. Microprocessor 10 is programmed to operate in a multi-tasking mode, in which the video and audio drive signals, including the TV program signals and the IPG signals, for monitors 17, 18, and 19 are generated. The microprocessor 10 accesses RAM 8 using DMA controller 7 as a proxy by providing address information and either providing data (in the case of a write) or receiving data (in the case of a read).
  • Preferably, there is only one RAM, although this invention works with any number of RAMs. [0077] RAM 8 is accessed by four different components: the microprocessor 10, the IPG data extractor 4, MPEG decoders 14-16, and the display generator 9. The DMA is a multiplexing and arbitrating circuit that facilitates the sharing of the RAM 8 by switching access between the four components. The DMA may include buffer memory to temporarily store data input from out-of-turn components between access cycles. The DMA 7 stores text and video data in the correct addresses in the RAM 7 and then retrieves the appropriate data from a selected address from the RAM 7 when needed.
  • As the digital data streams are received, they are depacketized by the [0078] depacketizer 2 resulting in audio, video, and auxiliary (including the IPG data) data streams. Decoding, error detection, and error correction functions are performed by the decoder 2. The IPG data is then extracted from the data stream by the extractor 4 and is stored in the RAM 8. The data stream is fed to the three tuners 11-14 and the output of each tuner is decoded by the MPEG decoders 14-16. The decoded audio and video data is then fed to the display generator 9 (or stored in the RAM 8) by the DMA 7. The display generator 9 then outputs the video and audio data to the respective TV receiver 17-19. The timing circuitry 6 provides the timing and synchronization signals for all the components.
  • The data for the multiple IPGs is stored in the [0079] system RAM 8 which is coupled to the MPEG decoders 14-16 through the DMA controller 7. Preferably, common data to all IPGs is stored in a segment of the RAM that is accessible by all the IPGs. Data specific to each IPG based on a particular user or based on a particular TV set is stored in other segments of the RAM 8 and is accessible by respective IPGs. Examples of data specific to an IPG are; guide customizations such as channel orders, channel set up, format of the guide, and background colors. RAM 8 also functions to buffer the digital data associated with the audio and video data of a given channel for each tuner.
  • [0080] Microprocessor 10 operates to periodically update the multiple IPGs stored in the system RAM 8. IPGs are particular to specific users and/or particular to specific TV set. When a user decides to display a particular IPG, display generator 9 under the control of microprocessor 10 retrieves the IPG common data and the IPG specific data from RAM 8 through DMA controller 7. The display generator then outputs the particular IPG to the respective TV receiver.
  • In an exemplary embodiment, [0081] display generator 9 includes the functions of a VCHIP for each TV receiver. Accordingly, any TV program that meets a blocking criterion is blocked from the respective TV display. In another exemplary embodiment there are preferably three VCHIPS coupled to the respective MPEG decoder, microprocessor, and the display generator.
  • FIG. 1C shows a block diagram of a software architecture for the present invention. The IPG data is stored and organized in a [0082] common IPG framework 21. The IPG data is shared between the three IPG applications 22-24. The common IPG framework 21 includes an IPG database manager 25 that responds to the data requests from each of the IPG applications 22-24. Each of the IPG applications 22-24 include a user interface (UI) for accepting data from a user and a graphics generator for displaying data in a guide format. The IPG database manager 25 in the common IPG framework 21 keeps track of all the changes to the IPG data by each user. In summary, the IPG data for all three monitors are stored in one place, i.e., RAM 8, commands from all three remote control units (RCU's) 5 a, 5 b, and 5 c are received and processed by one processor, i.e., microprocessor 10, and the individual IPG images formed responsive to the commands from all three RCU's are generated in one display generator, i.e., display generator 9.
  • A scheduled events list includes an aggregate list for all individual recordings and series recordings, future PPV purchases, and scheduled tunes. FIG. 31 shows an example of a scheduled events list. The information included in the scheduled events list may be kept at the network level or kept at the user level. The present invention includes a UI including the scheduled events list. The network provides the UI with event IDs for any shows that are scheduled to be purchased, and the UI displays the titles for those IDs. The scheduled events list is shared by all the users. In one example, the programs are listed in chronological order by date and time. Current events, if there are any, are listed at the top, and then the next events scheduled to occur are listed below them. From this screen, the users can do the following: [0083]
  • View the programs scheduled for purchasing; [0084]
  • Notice any conflicts with the programs scheduled for purchasing; [0085]
  • Get information for programs scheduled for purchasing; or [0086]
  • Cancel programs scheduled for purchasing. [0087]
  • Each user is provided with the same scheduled events list. If a user orders a PPV program, the guide displays the scheduled event in the guides and in the scheduled events lists for all three sources. If a user cancels a scheduled purchase, the purchase is no longer displayed in any of the guides or any of the scheduled events lists. However, if the purchase was scheduled by a different user, the canceling user must have a higher priority password to be able to cancel the scheduled event. This prevents a user from unknowingly purchasing the same program twice, or from canceling one instance of a purchase and unknowingly allowing another instance of the purchase to occur. In case of a conflict, the program in conflict is highlighted in this screen. In addition a new pop up (prompt) screen may appear notifying the user about the conflict. [0088]
  • FIG. 32 shows an example of a prompt window for notifying a second user who is requesting a PPV purchase that has already been scheduled. In this example, unknown to the second user, a first user had requested to purchase “Elizabeth” as a PPV program to be viewed at a first time schedule. The system notifies the second user about the conflict and asks the second user if he/she wants to override the first user's scheduled event. Only a user with higher password level than that of a first user can override the first user's request for a conflicting resource. If the second user has a higher priority password, he/she can reschedule the telecast time of “Elizabeth.”[0089]
  • In general, a major advantage of the IPG in the multi-source architecture is in allowing users to use multiple (three as an example) instances of the IPG simultaneously. This includes, but is not restricted to, the following: [0090]
  • 1. Users can view three different channels simultaneously. [0091]
  • 2. Users can have three separate “custom channels” lists (so that the parent's bedroom may have an entirely different list of channels, ordering of channels, and favorite channels than the children's bedroom). [0092]
  • 3. Users may have three separate groups of parentally-controlled channels and passwords. This would mean that the parents can prohibit Cinemax (for example) from being displayed on the TV in the children's bedroom but may watch it in their own bedroom. [0093]
  • 4. Users may have three different AutoTunes occurring at once without conflict. For example, the living room TV may tune itself to “Friends” while the children's TV tunes itself to “Barney” simultaneously. This would be a conflict in a single-source environment. [0094]
  • The multiple IPGs use their common database to interact with each other to solve any potential conflicts. The following are some examples in which the guides must interact with each other, in order to avoid unsolvable difficulties with the user interface: [0095]
  • 1. Because Pay-Per-View ordering is handled at the network end, the IPG maintains no independent knowledge of the circumstances of PPV purchases, and displays the results of an aggregate list of purchases provided by the network. If a user orders a PPV program for one source, the guide displays the scheduled event in the guides and in a scheduled Events List for all three sources. If a user cancels a scheduled purchase, the purchase is no longer displayed in any of the guides or any of the Scheduled Events Lists. This prevents a user from unknowingly purchasing the same program twice, or from canceling one instance of a purchase and unknowingly allowing another to occur. [0096]
  • 2. If the user forgets his or her password and calls the service provider to reset the password, the passwords for all three sources will be reset and must be reentered individually. This prevents a user from making multiple phone calls to the service provider to reset the passwords on each source. [0097]
  • 3. When the user displays a Caller ID Log (see below), the IPG will show an aggregate list. If two users have the Caller ID Log displayed on different sources and one user deletes a message, the deletion will not occur on the log of the other source until that user closes the log. [0098]
  • Parental Control Features [0099]
  • All of the multiple IPGs are capable of supporting the features of VCHIP Plus+ described in a co-pending patent application Ser. No. 09/221,615 (“VCHIP PLUS; PARENTAL CONTROL APPARATUS AND METHOD”), filed Dec. 28, 1998, the disclosures of which is incorporated herein by reference, as if fully stated here, for all purposes. [0100]
  • VChip Plus+ in guide mode uses two data sources in combination to determine whether a show should be blocked: data downloaded and stored in the guide (channel lineups, show schedules, show ratings), and rating data transmitted over the VBI. Ordinary V-Chip devices use the data transmitted over the VBI to determine whether or not to block a show by rating. These ratings are sent a minimum of every 15 seconds. Thus, a show that a parent may wish blocked, may be seen for up to 15 seconds before the blocking takes effect. VCHIP Plus+ in guide mode uses show rating data already stored for each of the IPGs to determine whether a show should be blocked as soon as it begins, and use the VBI data to confirm if the show was properly blocked. If it was blocked in error, then the block is removed. In the event the respective guide does not have rating data stored on a given show, the show will be accessible, until the VBI data is obtained and a blocking decision is made. [0101]
  • Shows of participating networks except news and sports programming are rated with either a TV Parental guideline rating or an MPAA rating (for movies that have not been modified for TV). However, VCHIP Plus+ provides the ability for the user to block unrated programming. The intent is to give parents control over whether they wish their children to watch the potentially objectionable content of some news and sports programs. [0102]
  • Each IPG requests that the user provide certain profile information. Some of the information provided by the user are specific to the set-top box and the same for all the IPG such as: the user's zip code; TV, cable, and satellite services to which the user subscribes; the length of said subscriptions. Other information is specific to each user or each TV set such as the type of TV; the age of the TV; the user's top favorite channels; the user's favorite types of programs; and the times during which the user is most likely to watch TV. If the user declines to provide this information, each IPG attempts to “learn” the information as described in a co-pending U.S. Pat. No. 6,177,931 (“SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR DISPLAYING AND RECORDING CONTROL INTERFACE WITH TELEVISION PROGRAMS, VIDEO, ADVERTISING INFORMATION AND PROGRAM SCHEDULING INFORMATION”), filed Jul. 21, 1998, the disclosures of which is incorporated herein by reference, as if fully stated here, for all purposes. [0103]
  • When the TV is powered on, the display depends upon whether Auto-Guide-On is activated, the entry show has been blocked, or the TV remote or front panel was used to turn on the TV. If Auto-Guide-On is activated, the respective IPG appears when a TV is turned on. If a Master Password has been set, the user has access to shows, features and screens provided by the User Profile. In one embodiment, all shows, channels, times, etc. that are blocked are so marked within the respective IPGs. In an alternative embodiment, the blocked shows do not appear in the respective IPGs. The user has access to all unrestricted shows and features and screens of the guide without the need to enter a password. Upon attempting to access a restricted show (by pressing the OK or Guide key), feature (recording via action buttons, any enabled buttons on the remote—likely the record button—and via the VCRPlus+ key) or screen (scrolling into or pressing OK from menu bar), a password dialog box appears on the screen. If the user correctly inputs the Master Password, the user obtains access to all shows, areas of the respective guide and features. If the user does not input the Master Password, that user maintains access as defined by the User Profile. All user profiles can be modified by a user with a master password. [0104]
  • If Auto-Guide-On is not activated, the respective IPG does not appear when the TV is turned. If a Master Password has been set, the user has access to shows, features and screens provided by the User Profile. If the entry show has not been blocked, the show video appears on screen. If the entry show has been blocked, a password dialog box appears on the screen. Again, if the users correctly input the Master Password, they obtain access to all shows, areas of the guide and features. If the users do not input the Master Password, they maintain access as defined by the User Profile. [0105]
  • FIG. 33 shows an example of a UI in each IPG for the VCHIP Plus+ functions. The VCHIP Plus+ Menu screen provides access to all the VCHIP Plus+ screens. These screens can only be accessed in Master Password Mode. The user scrolls down off the menu bar to highlight the tile of the desired feature. FIG. 34 shows the selection of TV Ratings. The user presses the OK/Select key to enter the screens related to the highlighted VCHIP Plus+ feature. Any user attempting to access these screens when not in Master Password mode is prompted to enter the Master Password. If not in Master Mode, preferably these menu tiles are dark and unaccessible. The VCHIP Plus+ screens are accessed from the Menu bar; the user highlights the “VCHIP Plus+” button on the menu bar, and then scrolls down to select from the menu of VCHIP Plus+ functions. Throughout the VCHIP Plus+ screens, an (blue) action button is used to unblock and a different (green) action button is used to block shows, times. channels, etc. When the highlighted tile is currently unblocked, the blue action button label is blank and the green action button is labeled “Block.” When the highlighted tile is blocked, the blue action button is labeled “Unblock” and the green action button label is blank, except if the highlighted tile is a show title. If a blocked show title tile is highlighted, the green action button is labeled “Schedule,” providing access to the Schedule screen to modify the blocking frequency from the default of once to daily or weekly. [0106]
  • Similar to the watch and record features, a blocked show may be set to be blocked once, daily or weekly. This is accomplished by placing any individual show (this does not apply to all shows set to be blocked by channel, time or rating) that is set to be blocked into the Schedule queue. These blocked shows are mixed in with the shows set to record or watch in chronological order. By entering the Schedule, either by pressing the green action button while highlighting a blocked show in the VCHIP Plus+ or the GUIDE Plus+ screens or from the Schedule button on the menu bar, the user may modify the frequency of the block in the same way he/she may do so for shows set to record or watch, by pressing an action button labeled “Change.” This cycles through the frequency choices. Modifying the frequency can only be done while the IPG is in Master Mode. [0107]
  • Scheduled events (shows scheduled to record, watch or blocked) for each IPG can be stored in a single non-volatile memory such as an EEPROM (not shown) within the single set-top box. Thus, if a power outage occurs, the Scheduled events are saved. [0108]
  • Master Password [0109]
  • In one embodiment of the present invention, a 4 digit numeric Master Password scheme is used to enable the establishment of a User Profile and provide unlimited (unprotected) access to the guide screens and shows once a Master Password is established. Only one Master Password can be established. It is established either during initial setup or later by entering the Password screen from the guide menu (see FIG. 33) or the TV mode. Once a Master Password is established, the Master Password must be entered to execute blocking or unblocking. Preferably, the Master Password need also be entered to access the Setup, Editor, VCHIP Plus+ screens, and resolve any conflicts between multiple IPGs. Once entered, the TV is in Master Password (unprotected) mode until the TV is turned off, the user exits VCHIP Plus+ mode, or a certain time delay, which starts from the time when the user correctly enters the password, has expired. [0110]
  • A user in the master mode can also set password priorities for other users. For example, a second user may have a password with higher priority than a third user. The second user with a higher priority password than the third user may resolve some of the conflicts with the third user in the second user favor and override some of the options capabilities of the third user. [0111]
  • A UI allows the users (parents) to pick their own passwords, and to disable the lockout when the passwords are lost. The functions of this UI include, but not limited to, the following: [0112]
  • (1) Fixed Overriding Password—This is hardwired in the equipment, and can always be used in case the user-defined password is lost. [0113]
  • (2) Repeating entry X times establishes new password—If the password is lost, the new password can be made by repeatedly entering the same password X number of times, and at the end of the process informing the user that the new password has been established. [0114]
  • (3) Power interruption after certain length of time allows new password to be entered—This allows the parent to “pull the plug” of the equipment and regain control after the password has been lost. [0115]
  • (4) Password review/re-entry through special service mode—By restricting that only the parents can access the special service mode, the password can be viewed safely in this way. [0116]
  • The above approaches of password handling can be further enhanced by recording the last time that the password was used or changed. [0117]
  • FIG. 35 is a flow chart of the master password operation. Obviously not all operations would require a password. As shown in block [0118] 391, the following operations have password protection: changing the password, changing the V-Chip ratings, deleting a “blocked” program or deleting a “blocked” channel, changing the “Babysitter” function, unblocking a program or a channel within the “Babysitter” function, changing the clock (this is because a different clock causes VCHIP Plus+ to block a different program), and changing the channel map (this is because a different channel map causes VCHIP Plus+ to block a different channel).
  • A Master password user can establish specific viewing (blocking) parameters for each User Profile, establish specific feature use limits (disable Recording or Watch) for each User Profile, modify the Master password, or enter all screens for all IPGs and view, record or schedule to watch all shows. But, it is not necessary to input the Master Password to access unrestricted shows, channels, time slots, features and guide screens. Whenever access to a blocked show (tuning to it in TV mode or pressing OK or Guide keys from the Guide) or a restricted screen (scrolling into or pressing OK from menu bar) or feature (recording via action buttons, any enabled buttons on the remote—likely the record button—and via the VCRPlus+ key) of the guide is attempted, a dialog box appears on screen requesting the password. [0119]
  • If the password is correctly input, access is granted. If the password is incorrectly input, an error screen is displayed. Once the password is correctly input, access to all shows and areas of the guide is enabled until the TV is turned off, the user exits VCHIP Plus+ mode, or a certain time delay, which starts from the time when the user correctly eaters the password, has expired. Additionally, once the password is correctly entered, it can be changed by the user as shown in block [0120] 396. However, repeating the entry of a consistently incorrect password for a certain number of times can establish a new password. The new password is established by repeatedly entering the same incorrect password a certain number of times, and at the end of the process confirming the newly established password (block 395). The date and time of the last time that the password was used is recorded and, as shown in block 397, that date and time for the previous log in is then displayed.
  • Once a Master Password is created, restrictions on access to certain IPGs or certain IPG screens is automatically established as modifications to these IPG or IPG screens may defeat blocking effectiveness. Only the Master may establish blocks for the rest of the users or all the IPGs. Access-blocking may be established on: individual IPGs, individual users, individual TV sets, individual shows; channels; themes (entire themes such as Movies, Sports, Children's or sub-themes such as Adventure, Drama, Baseball, Basketball, etc.); TV Parental guideline or MPAA rating (including un-rated shows); time slot or day; and/or access to the Recording and Watch features. [0121]
  • For example, to block television programs based on individual IPGs, a user with the master password may block all ‘R” and “PG-13” ratings for a first IPG corresponding to a first TV receiver and block only “R” ratings for a second IPG corresponding to a second TV receiver. Therefore, regardless of what user uses the respective IPG, the blocked programs will not be enabled for viewing. To block television programs based on individual users, a user with the master password may block certain programs for a first user and block different programs for a second user. Thus, regardless of what TV receiver the first and second users use, they will be prevented from viewing the blocked programs respectively. Furthermore, a user with a master password can customize or change the customization of other IPGs or user profiles. [0122]
  • The user controls the multiple IPG system from a remote control. The remote control has special keys, such as GUIDE and INFO, that display IPG screens and pop-ups and that perform IPG functions. [0123]
  • Grid Guide [0124]
  • The Grid Guide displays a grid of program information for given times. The Channel Guide displays a grid of program information for given channels. The Theme Guide displays a column of program information for a category and subcategory. The Guides can display multiple days of information. [0125]
  • Channel Guide [0126]
  • FIG. 2 shows a Channel Guide. The Channel Guide displays program information in chronological order for one channel at a time. The Channel Guide displays information for the channel that was highlighted in the Grid Guide. To see program lineups for the other channels, the user presses CH↑, CH↓, ←, or →. [0127]
  • The Channel Guide features a “carousel” [0128] 102 at the top which shows the graphical icon for the channel being displayed, and text icons for the adjoining channels in the user's customized lineup. Pressing RIGHT or LEFT would cause the carousel to rotate to the adjoining channel.
  • The operator may not wish to include the Channel Guide in the feature set of the IPG. The Channel Guide is an optional feature. Depending on the amount of memory available and the specification of the operator, the number of days displayed in the guide and the amount of program descriptions can vary. [0129]
  • Channel Icons [0130]
  • FIG. 3 shows the Grid Guide format and illustrates common components of the guides. Guides in general include a [0131] listing area 104 in the middle in which program information is displayed, a title area 106 above the listing area, and menu tabs 108 at the top, which may or may not be accessible using the navigation keys (depending on the type of guide being displayed). The Grid Guide in particular includes these elements, with a Network Operator name displayed in the title area, and additional elements such as the channel banner at the bottom and the interactive promotions 110 at the lefthand side. The Network Operator may be a Multi-System Operator (MSO). Any cable company that owns more than one franchise is an MSO. For example, Cox Cable has multiple franchises, such as Cox/San Diego, Cox/Orange County, Cox/Phoenix, etc.
  • The picture-in-Picture (PIP) is at the upper left-hand corner in those devices that support PIP. In devices that do not support PIP, this area can be used to display further [0132] graphical branding 112, as shown in FIG. 4.
  • The channel banner in the Grid Guide is displayed at the bottom of the screen. It shows the current time and channel information for the currently-tuned channel. Channel banners in general display information for the currently-tuned channel; the only exception is the channel banner that displays inside the browsing pop-up, which contains channel information for the program in the pop-up. [0133]
  • The channel banner is comprised of channel information, channel number, and current time. In the preferred embodiment, the channel information contains a string of up to four characters giving the call letters and affiliation of channels. In the preferred embodiment, the channel number contains a string of up to three characters that identifies the channel number to which the IPG device is tuned. In the preferred embodiment, the current time shows the current time, displaying up to two numeric characters for the hour, followed by a colon, followed by two more numeric characters for the minute, followed by either an AM for a PM. All references to time use a 12-hour clock. [0134]
  • FIG. 4 shows 11 channel icons listed on the screen. [0135] Channel icons 114 are the boxes that contain the channel number or an abbreviation of the channel name. Channel icons display in the left column of the listing area of the Grid Guide and in the listing area of the Change Channel Order, Select Channels, Favorite Channels, and Lock by Channels screens. Channel icons are up to seven characters wide and contain a channel number or name from one to four characters and a tune channel number. To the right of the channel icons are the programs available for those channels for the current time period. The number of half-hours and channels that can be displayed in the Grid Guide can be configured, depending on the size of the font.
  • In one embodiment, if the channel has a Favorite designation, the Grid Guide shows a [0136] yellow star 116 to the left of the channel icon. If the channel is a locked channel, the Grid Guide shows a lock symbol 117 next to the channel icon. If a channel is both locked and a Favorite, the lock icon overlays the Favorite icon 118, but both are visible.
  • The cursor is the [0137] yellow highlight 120 occupying a cell of the Grid Guide, a row in the Theme Guide, a field in the setup screens, etc. By moving the cursor, the user moves from program to program in the guides. In addition, the user moves the cursor to make selections, such as category and subcategory. The user moves the cursor with the remote control navigation keys: ↑, ↓, ←, →, DAY ←, DAY →, CHAN ↑, CHAN ↓,, PAGE ↑, and PAGE ↓.
  • When the cursor is on a channel or channel icon, a [0138] larger icon 122 will overlay the default icon and a little of the icons above and below it. In the preferred embodiment, the larger icon can display the channel logo (If the graphical logo is in memory), or the same information in the channel icon, but in a larger font.
  • The yellow star symbol indicates channels selected as Favorite. The dark gray lock symbol indicates channels under parental control. The red unlock symbol indicates channels that are unlocked. The green purchase symbol indicates programs that have been purchased. [0139]
  • Using the Guide [0140]
  • From any guide, users can do the following: View the program information, request more information for a program title or channel (display Information pop-up), tune to a channel, purchase an IPPV program, unlock or relock the IPG, and select a channel as a Favorite. [0141]
  • While viewing any of the guides, the user can return to the tuned channel, tune to another channel, or switch to another guide. To close a guide and return to the currently tuned channel, the user presses EXIT. To tune to a program on another channel and close the guide, the user places the cursor on the desired program/channel and presses SELECT. This brings up the Info pop-up, on which the user can move the cursor to the “TUNE” button. The user presses SELECT again, and the system tunes the IPG device to the new channel for the program and displays a Grazing Title pop-up. [0142]
  • To tune directly to another channel, the user presses numbers on the remote control number pad to display the number pad pop-up. When the pop-up times out (in two seconds) or the user presses SELECT, the IPG closes the guide and tunes to the new channel. [0143]
  • To close the current guide and go to another guide or screen, the user presses the appropriate remote control key. For example, the user can press GUIDE while in the Theme Guide to see the Grid Guide. [0144]
  • In most cases, when the user changes from one guide to another, the cursor remembers the time and channel it was on so that it can go to the same place in the new guide; therefore, cursor time remains the same. However, when the user switches from the Grid Guide to the Theme Guide, the cursor goes to the first show that fits into the category the user selected. The start time of this show becomes cursor time. [0145]
  • If the user does not press a remote control key for two minutes, the guides time out automatically. [0146]
  • To display the Grid Guide while viewing TV or while viewing any IPG screen other than the Grid Guide, the user presses GUIDE. If the user is already displaying the Grid Guide and presses GUIDE, nothing happens. When the user presses GUIDE while viewing TV, the IPG displays the system page which contains the currently tuned channel and places the cursor on the current time and currently tuned channel [0147] 124, as shown in FIG. 5. If the user is watching a channel not in the IPG channel lineup, the cursor goes to the first channel in the IPG channel lineup. The user can set up a customized channel order to be used by the IPG.
  • The cursor can be on any page of the guide and on any row of the page. The channel that is currently tuned and the IPG channel lineup determine the location of the cursor. The location of the cursor depends on which channel the TV is currently tuned. For example, if the user tunes the TV to channel two before pressing GUIDE, the cursor may be at the top of the first page of the Grid guide. If the user tunes the TV to channel [0148] 36, the cursor may be in the middle of the last page of the Grid Guide.
  • If the user has a preferred order for switching channels and viewing the program information in the guides, the IPG can be configured to allow the user to reorder the TV channels for use with IPG. The new customized order takes precedence over the default order and determines on which page the cursor appears. [0149]
  • The left corner of the title banner displays the [0150] PIP 126, which shows the currently tuned channel, so that the user can use the guide during a commercial break and see when the commercial has ended. In devices that do not support a PIP, the area can be used to display a graphical logo.
  • Partial Rows and Icons [0151]
  • The [0152] program times 128 for the guide are in the title banner below the branding area. A few pixels of visible rows of the Grid Guide appear at the right-hand edge of the listing area to indicate that the user can move the guide ahead additional days. If the user has moved the guide into the future, a few pixels of visible rows of the Grid Guide appear on the left edge of the listing area to indicate that the user can navigate the guide back to current time. At the top and bottom of the listing area, a few pixels of visible rows appear to indicate to the user that scrolling up or down past the top or bottom row will display information for a different page.
  • In an embodiment of the invention, an icon is displayed next to items in a menu screen list. In addition, a partial icon is displayed next to the first item on a screen display list to indicate that the list continues beyond the screen display and that there is an item which comes before the first item on the screen display. A partial icon is displayed next to the last item on a screen display list to indicate that the list continues beyond the screen display and that there is an item which comes after the last item on the screen display. For a list that is arranged on the screen from top to bottom, a partial icon displayed next to the first item on the screen display indicates that the list continues beyond the upper portion of the screen display and a partial icon displayed next to the last item on a screen display list indicates that the list continues beyond the lower portion of the screen display. In another embodiment of the invention, the icon may be user-defined. In such an embodiment, the user can invoke a palette of symbols from which the user can choose a symbol to designate as the icon for screen display list items. The user may also create an icon using drawing software and designate the drawn icon as the icon for the screen display list item. Also, an icon for a screen display item may be designated from a file. The preferred embodiment of the invention includes displaying circles or bullets next to items in a menu screen list. In addition, a partial circle or bullet is displayed next to the first or last item on a screen display list to indicate that the list continues beyond the screen display. [0153]
  • The Grid Guide has a screen time associated with it; screen time is not associated with the Theme Guide. When the user first comes to the Grid Guide, screen time is the time of the left-most column in the listing area. [0154]
  • FIG. 6 shows when the beginning of a show appears to extend beyond the left edge of the guide. A show having a vertical bar at its left-hand side signals to the user that the show began at the time displayed. However, if the beginning of a show appears to extend beyond the left edge of the guide, this signals to the user that this program actually began at an earlier time slot than is currently displayed on the screen. [0155]
  • Show titles on a non-selected channel are written in white, to be clearly visible against dark background colors. Selected show titles are written in black, to be clearly visible against the cursor. [0156]
  • The Grid Guide is colored by the theme. The Grid Guide displays different colors for several types of programming, based on theme attributes. In an exemplary embodiment, the default color scheme uses purple, green, and blue for show titles. The show titles on the Grid Guide can be displayed in three theme colors: [0157]
  • Movies are displayed on a purple background; sports are displayed on a green background; and all other shows are displayed on a blue background. Interactive promotions may be any color in the IPG palette except bright yellow, which is reserved for the cursor. [0158]
  • A show title includes a moving Time Column. The moving Time Column graphically represents how much of the show is over. It is a column, because the shading is vertical. Its height is constant and its width expands from left to right. When the user displays a Grid Guide that includes the current half-hour, any portion of the show title that precedes the current minute is displayed in a darker variant of its Theme Color. For example, if the current time is 8:17 pm and the user is displaying a system page with a screen time of 8:00 pm, the moving Time Column will shade roughly half of the first half-hour of show titles, so that the background color for movies will be a darker red up until the current time, the background color for sports a darker green, and the background color for all other shows a darker blue. When the cursor is on a show that begins before current time, that portion of the cursor to the left of current time will also be shaded a darker shade of yellow. [0159]
  • Promotions [0160]
  • The IPG includes interactive promotions. The lefthand side of the display may have a plurality of interactive promotions. The interactive promotions may change over time. In an exemplary embodiment, the promotional area at the left-hand side of the screen, beneath the PIP, displays two interactive promotions, which can feature a combination of text and bit mapped content. When the cursor is on the earliest possible column of show titles and the user presses ←, the cursor [0161] 130 will move onto one of the two interactive promotions, as shown in FIG. 7. The user can move between the two promotions by pressing ↑ or ↓,. If the user presses ↑ while the cursor is on the upper promotion or ↓ while the cursor is on the lower promotion, the cursor will move to the “Grid Guide” menu tab. If the user presses → while the cursor is on either of the promotions, the cursor will move back to the show title from which the user moved to the promotions. Then, if the user presses ← again, the cursor will move to whichever of the two promotions the user had last selected.
  • In an exemplary embodiment, a user can provide input in response to the interactive promotion and cause an action. In a preferred embodiment, if the user presses SELECT while the cursor is on one of the promotions, an [0162] interactive billboard 132 will be displayed for the promotion, as shown in FIG. 8. The interactive billboard includes text and color information that is sent to the IPG as part of the database. The interactive billboard accompanies the interactive promotion and is a feature of the promotion. The promotion is very small and only allows the advertiser to display a small amount of text; the billboard can be multiple pages of text. In essence, to analogize to books, the promotion is the cover of the book and the billboard is the complete book.
  • The interactive billboard also includes buttons, which when selected cause an action. In an exemplary embodiment, there will be three buttons at the bottom of the billboard: “BACK,” “AUTOTUNE,” and “RECORD.” SELECT is a key on the remote control. Pressing the SELECT key while a cursor is on one of the three buttons effects the action of that button. The phrase “Selecting ‘AUTOTUNE’ . . . ” is to be read as a compression of “Highlighting ‘AUTOTUNE’ and pressing SELECT.” Remote control keys and on-screen buttons are differentiated by using quotation marks around the latter. [0163]
  • Pressing BACK on the remote control will redisplay the prior screen. Selecting “AUTOTUNE” will tune to the channel of the program indicated in the promotion. Selecting “RECORD” will setup the program indicated in the promotion for recording. Selecting “BACK” will remove the billboard from the screen and return the cursor to the interactive promotion. [0164]
  • The interactive promotions may be configured to be different on different pages of the guide, and promotions in the PPV Guide may be different from those displayed in the Grid Guide. The promotions on any given page may also be combined into a single, rectangular promotion. [0165]
  • Theme Guide [0166]
  • The Theme Guide enables users to view a list of programs for a particular category and subcategory. In one embodiment of the invention, there are three Theme screens: Themes, Theme Subcategories, and Theme Guide. The Themes screen displays a list of categories from which the user can select one. The Theme Subcategories screen displays a list of subcategories for the selected category. The user can select one for viewing program information. The Theme Guide screen displays programs for a category and subcategory. [0167]
  • The user selects a category on the Themes screen and then selects a subcategory on the Theme Subcategories screen. The system then displays the programs that fit the subcategory on the Theme Guide screen. [0168]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the Themes screen [0169] 134 can display up to 12 theme categories per page from which the user can select one, as shown in FIG. 9. The operator can choose theme categories and subcategories at the headend PC.
  • The user displays the IPG Themes screen in one of two ways: (1) by pressing either GUIDE or MENU and then moving the cursor up to the menu tabs, scrolling to the “Themes” [0170] tab 136, and then pressing SELECT; and (2) by pressing MENU, scrolling down to the “Theme Search” option, and pressing SELECT.
  • The menu tabs at the top of the screen are displayed at the top of the Themes screen. The [0171] title banner 106 at the top of the screen says Theme Search. In one embodiment of the invention, the listing area in the middle of the screen contains up to 12 categories listed in a column down the screen. When the user first displays the Themes screen, the cursor defaults to the first category. If the user returns to the Themes screen from Theme Subcategories screen, the cursor goes to the last selected category.
  • The Theme subcategories [0172] 138 that pertain to the selected Theme are displayed on the right of the screen. As the user moves the cursor from category to category, the subcategories at the right change, so that the user can anticipate what will happen if the Theme is selected. If there are more subcategories than can fit on the page, the word “more . . . ” is displayed at the bottom of the column, so that the user looking for a particular subcategory isn't mislead into thinking that all the subcategories are being displayed.
  • FIG. 10 shows the Theme Guide with [0173] multiple episodes 140. In FIG. 10, the theme is movies. The highlighted show is “Amistad.” If the highlighted show has multiple episodes, they will be displayed on the right side of the Theme Guide.
  • Pressing ↓ moves the cursor down one category. If the user is already at the bottom of the category list and presses ↓, the cursor doesn't respond if there is only one page of categories. If there are more pages, then if the cursor is on the bottom entry of the page and the user presses ↓, the IPG displays the next page of categories, and the cursor goes to the first entry of the next page; if the user is already at the bottom of the list and presses ↓, the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list. [0174]
  • Pressing ↑ moves the cursor up one category. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses ↑, the cursor moves to the “Themes” menu tab. If there are more pages, then if the cursor is on the top entry of the page and the user presses ↑, the IPG displays the previous page of categories, and the cursor goes to the last entry of the previous page; if the user is already at the top of the list and presses ↑, the cursor moves to the “Themes” menu tab. [0175]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, there can be up to 12 categories on one page. If it happens that there are more theme categories available, the user can press PAGE ↓ and PAGE ↑ to navigate the Themes pages. [0176]
  • To select a Theme category, the user moves the cursor with the cursor navigation keys to a category and then presses SELECT. Once the user selects a category, the system remembers it until the user selects a new category or until the user leaves Themes. If there are subcategories for the category, the system displays them on the Theme Subcategories screen [0177] 142 as shown in FIG. 11.
  • The Theme Subcategories screen displays [0178] subcategories 144 from which the user can select. Some categories have only a few subcategories, and others have multiple pages of subcategories. If there are no subcategories associated with the selected Theme, the system does not display the Theme Subcategories screen. Instead. the IPG displays the Theme Guide for the category when the user selects a theme. Pressing SELECT on the Themes screen displays the Theme Subcategories screen with a list of associated subcategories.
  • The [0179] title banner 106 at the top of the screen contains the user's selected category. The listing area in the middle of the screen shows the subcategories for the category. In one embodiment of the invention, the Theme Subcategories screen can display up to 11 categories on one page. Typically there are not more than 11 subcategories for each category. When the user first displays this screen, the cursor defaults to the first subcategory; if the user returns to this screen from the Theme Guide, the cursor displays on the last selected subcategory. If there are more than 11 subcategories, a small amount of a twelfth row is displayed at the bottom of the listing area, as a cue to the user that there is more information on the next page. If there are 11 or fewer subcategories, this area is grayed out, as a cue to the user that all of the available information is already displayed.
  • The user navigates the Theme Subcategories screen similarly to the Themes screen. Pressing ↓, moves the cursor down one subcategory. If the user is already at the bottom of the subcategory list and presses ↓, the cursor doesn't respond if there is only one page of subcategories. If there are more pages. then if the cursor is on the bottom entry of the page and the user presses ↓, the IPG displays the next page of subcategories, and the cursor goes to the first entry of the next page. If the user is already at the bottom of a multiple-page list and presses ↓, the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list. Pressing ↑ moves the cursor up one subcategory. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses ↑, the cursor doesn't respond if there is only one page of subcategories. If there are more pages, then if the cursor is on the top entry of the page and the user presses ↑, the IPG displays the previous page of subcategories, and the cursor goes to the last entry of the previous page: if the user is already at the top of a multiple-page list and presses ↑, the system displays the TOP message at the top of the list. [0180]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, there are 11 subcategories on one page. If it happens that there are more theme subcategories, the user can press PAGE↓ and PAGE↑ to navigate the Theme Subcategories pages. [0181]
  • To select a subcategory, the user moves the cursor with the cursor navigation keys to a subcategory and presses SELECT. Once the user selects a subcategory, the cursor remembers the subcategory until the user selects a new category (on the Themes screen) or until the user leaves the Themes screens. The system searches the database for all the current and future programs that fit in the subcategory; if there are more programs than fit in the buffer, the system holds as many as it can and then enables the user to continue the search on the Theme Guide screen. If there are no programs for the subcategory, the Theme Guide is displayed with a single line, with “(no title)” displayed. The user can press SELECT or EXIT to return to the Themes Subcategories screen. If the system finds programs, it displays them on the Theme Guide screen. [0182]
  • The Theme Guide displays all the programs that fit a particular subcategory. A Theme Guide may have multiple pages of program listings. In one embodiment of the invention, the Theme Guide can display between one and seven days of program information depending on the amount of memory available and the specifications of the operator. The program listings can be sorted by time, alphabetically by title, and by channel. [0183]
  • Pressing SELECT on the Theme Subcategories screen displays the Theme Guide screen with the programs that fit the subcategory, as shown in FIG. 12. The cursor displays on the Theme Guide screen once the search is complete. The Theme Guide displays the current and future programs that fit the subcategory. The cursor defaults to the first program in the Theme Guide. If more than one program starts at the same time, the system displays the programs in the user's customized channel order. [0184]
  • The title banner displays the selected subcategory. Below the title banner is the SORT BY [0185] row 146 that enables the user to sort program listings by time, alphabetically by title, and by channel. The listing area in the middle of the screen lists the programs that fit the subcategory. For each program, the system displays the following information:
  • If the listings are sorted by time, the title, start time, and start day are displayed. [0186]
  • If the listings are sorted by title, only the title is displayed. [0187]
  • If the listings are sorted by channel, the title, channel number, and channel name (preferably 4 characters, but it could be more or less characters) are displayed. [0188]
  • At the right of the screen, the [0189] description 148 for the selected title is displayed. At the top of the description, the channel name 150 and channel number 152 are displayed on one line, and the start day and time are displayed on the next line. Beneath these, the description is displayed. If the description is too long to be fully displayed, as much of the description as possible is displayed, followed by the “more . . . ” tag.
  • If the cursor is on the message, “Press SELECT for more titles,” the description at the right displays information for the last program entry the cursor was on in the Theme Guide. If there are no titles available for the user's selected subcategory, the system displays the message (no title), as shown in FIG. 13. The user can then press EXIT to return to the subcategory screen. [0190]
  • If the Theme Guide is sorted by time or channel, multiple entries of the same title are each given their own line in the Theme Guide. If the Theme Guide is sorted by title, however, multiple entries of the same title are “compressed” onto one line of the Theme Guide, and the description at the right shows how many episodes' are available and displays as many of them as possible. This is done to avoid having multiple pages of “News,” for example, slowing the user down. FIG. 10 shows how 12 episodes of Amistad have been “compressed” onto one line of the theme guide on the left, and the description on the right shows program information for each of the Amistad episodes. If the user presses SELECT, a sub-screen [0191] 154 is shown with information for each episode, as shown in FIG. 14. The user can then press EXIT to return to the Theme Guide.
  • The user navigates the Theme Guide screen similarly to the other Theme screens. Pressing ↓ moves the cursor down one program. If the cursor is on the bottom entry of the page and the user presses ↓, the IPG displays the next page of Theme entries, and the cursor goes to the first entry of the next page. If the user is already at the bottom of the list and presses ↓, the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list. [0192]
  • Pressing ↑ moves the cursor up one program. If the cursor is on the top entry of the page and the user presses ↑, the IPG displays the previous page of Theme entries, and the cursor goes to the bottom entry of the previous page. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses ↑, the system displays the TOP message at the top of the list. [0193]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, pressing PAGE↓ displays ten programs following the currently displayed ten programs. The cursor stays on the same row of the list. If the user is already at the bottom of the list and presses PAGE↓, the system displays the BOTTOM message at the bottom of the list. [0194]
  • Pressing PAGE↑ displays the previous programs. The cursor stays on the same row of the list. If the user is already at the top of the list and presses PAGE↑, the system displays the TOP message at the top of the list. [0195]
  • If the user is displaying the Theme Guide sorted by time, pressing DAY→ starts the search again for 24 hours beyond cursor time. If the user presses DAY→ on the seventh day from the current day and the system does not have any more listings of programs for the subcategory, the system displays the message no title and returns the user to the subcategories screen. Pressing DAY← starts the search again for 24 hours before cursor time. If the user is displaying the Theme Guide sorted by channel or by title, pressing DAY→ or DAY← causes the [0196] Theme Day Warning 156 to be displayed, as shown in FIG. 15.
  • While navigating the Theme Guide, the user may get to a screen that has the message Press SELECT for [0197] more titles 158 in the last row on that screen, as shown in FIG. 16. This message tells the user that the system could not fit all the programs for the subcategory in the buffer and that the user can continue the search. To continue the search and to see more programs for the subcategory, the user presses SELECT with the cursor on the row that says Press SELECT for more titles. The system finishes searching the database and displays the next buffer of programs or the rest of the programs for the subcategory. If the cursor is on press SELECT for more titles and the user presses ↓ or PAGE↓, the system displays the BOTTOM message over the Press SELECT for more titles message.
  • To sort the program listings by a different option, the user presses the ← or → and the sort indicator moves to the next option on the sort row. The system waits in case the user is continuing to move the sort indicator to the next option, and then begins sorting the list. The IPG displays the “Sorting . . . ” pop-up until the sort is complete. [0198]
  • Main Menu [0199]
  • The IPG includes a complete menu system. FIG. 17 shows the complete [0200] menu system tree 160. The Main Menu is shown in FIG. 18. The Main Menu 162 enables the user to select options for setting up the IPG and the IPG device. In addition, all major IPG features except the Grid Guide have an entry in the Main Menu. The menu tabs are visible at the very top of the screen. The title banner at the top contains the title Main Menu. In one embodiment of the invention, the listing area shows ten lines per page and includes all the features that have a top-level menu entry. These features include Pay Per View, Movies, Sports, Children's Shows, Theme Search, Telephone Services, About [MSO Name] (this line will reflect the MSO's name in the product), Scheduled Events List, Parental Control, Set Display Controls, Set Up the Channels, Set Up the Box, and About the IPG creator.
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the Main Menu is opened is few different ways. For example, Pressing MENU on the remote control opens the Main Menu; or Pressing GUIDE on the remote control, causing the Grid Guide to be displayed, and then moving the cursor up to the menu tabs at the top of the screen, moving the cursor over to the “Menu” tab, and pressing SELECT opens the Main Menu. [0201]
  • When the user first opens the main menu screen, the cursor appears on the first option. If the user selects an option and then comes back to this screen, the cursor remains on the last selected option. As with any scrolling list in the IPG product (other examples include Action pop-ups, the Themes screens, and the Grid Guide itself), it should be apparent at a glance whether or not there are additional items on additional pages. If there is another page below the current page, a small portion of the menu globe will be apparent at the bottom of the screen as a prompt to the user. Similarly, if there are pages above the current page, a small portion of the [0202] menu globe 164 will be apparent at the top of the screen as shown in FIG. 19. It is possible for there to be pages both above and below the current page. In that instance, portions of the menu globe would appear at both the top and bottom of the screen.
  • The Menu sub-items that pertain to the selected feature are displayed on the right of the screen. At the top of the column, the header “Press SELECT to see” and the feature name direct the user to the feature. If the feature has sub-items (for example. “Movies” would be a sub-item under “Theme Search”), then the list of sub-items are displayed underneath the feature name on the right-hand side to show the user what sorts of things can be done. As the user moves the cursor from menu item to menu item, the sub-items at the right change, so that the user can anticipate what will happen if the feature is selected. If there are more sub-items than can fit on the page, the word “more . . . ” is displayed at the bottom of the column, so that the user looking for a particular sub-item is not mislead into thinking that all the sub-items are being displayed. [0203]
  • Preferably, most of the menu screens are drawn without help text, because the inclusion of the sub-menu column makes most of the menu items self-explanatory. For those screens in which additional help text is necessary, help text is displayed at the bottom of the sub-menu column. [0204]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, the menu tabs at the top of the Main Menu allow the user easy access to at least five important features from any screen. Two of these features, the Main Menu and the Grid Guide, are preferably non-configurable. The other three features may be configured by the MSO, in order to spotlight features that may benefit the user that may not be easy to access any other way. The other three features can be the PPV Guide, the “About the MSO” screen (What's New), and Themes. [0205]
  • Pay-Per-View Ordering [0206]
  • Pay-Per-View ordering usually involves conflict resolution, because the guide is required to tune to the PPV channel at the start of a purchased event, and the guide must be aware of any other scheduled events that take place at the same time. However, in another embodiment of the invention, the ordering of PPV is handled at the network level and the IPG merely provides the UI to the scheduled purchases to display in the guides and in a Scheduled Events List as shown in FIG. 31. [0207]
  • Caller ID [0208]
  • The Caller ID feature includes three major components: [0209]
  • 1. A pop-up that displays over a TV state or any guide screen, which identifies somebody calling as the phone is ringing; [0210]
  • 2. A menu that allows the user to configure the display options for the Caller ID pop-up; and [0211]
  • 3. A list screen that shows a log of past callers. [0212]
  • FIG. 20 shows a caller ID pop-[0213] up 166 overlaid on a full screen television program. When somebody calls the user on the telephone while the user is watching television, the IPG displays a caller ID pop-up. The elements of the pop-up comprises: A selectable “MENU” button 168, a selectable “EXIT’ button 170, the caller's name (if available), the phone number from which the caller is calling (if available), and a phone icon, which could be animated to reinforce its relationship to the ringing phone. FIG. 21 shows a caller ID pop-up overlaid on a guide screen. If the pop-up is drawn over a guide screen, the pop-up is deliberately drawn low enough on the screen so as not to obscure the Menu headers.
  • If the user presses SELECT while the “EXIT” button is highlighted, the pop-up is cleared from the screen. If the user moves the cursor to “MENU” and presses SELECT, the Telephone Services menu is displayed. The pop-up times out in less than 60 seconds. The actual number of seconds for which the pop-up is displayed can be selected on the “Caller ID Setup” menu. [0214]
  • Message Waiting Pop-up [0215]
  • Whenever there is a message to which the user has not yet listened, the network sends a message to the residential gateway. At given periods throughout the day (no less frequently than every half-hour), the IPG displays a pop-up overlaid on the television program being watched, as shown in FIG. 22, overlaid on the television program being watched. [0216]
  • Similar to the Caller ID pop-up, the Message Waiting pop-[0217] up 172 displays in the position shown in FIG. 22. The Message Waiting pop-up is displayed exactly as the Caller ID pop-up is displayed, for the same duration and with the same properties, except that the text field says “You have a message” instead of indicating a name or number.
  • Telephone Services Menu [0218]
  • FIG. 23 shows a [0219] Telephone Services menu 174. The Telephone Services menu includes all of the options available to the user for configuring either the Caller ID pop-up or the Message Waiting pop-up, as well as viewing the Caller ID log. The user can bring up the Telephone Services menu in several ways. For example, Selecting Telephone Services from the Main Menu brings up the Telephone Services menu. In particular, from the TV state, the user can press MENU or GUIDE on the remote to display the Main Menu. The user then presses the ↑ or ↓ keys on the remote to move the cursor to the menu tabs. The user presses the ← or → keys to move the cursor to the “MENU” menu tab and presses SELECT. The user presses the ↑ or ↓ keys to move the cursor to the Telephone Services menu. Finally, the user presses select to display the Telephone Services menu.
  • In the alternative, selecting the “MENU” button on either the Caller ID or Messages Waiting pop-up also brings up the Telephone Services menu. The Telephone Services menu can also be entered by first pressing CALL ID to display the Caller ID pop-up, second using the UP or DOWN keys to move the cursor to the Menu button, and finally pressing SELECT to display the Telephone Services menu. [0220]
  • Once the user selects the Telephone Services menu, it is displayed, as shown in FIG. 23. In the preferred embodiment, the Telephone Services menu is comprised of three options: (1) Caller ID Setup, Caller ID Log, and Message Setup. As with every menu screen, the user can select an option from the menu by pressing ↑ or ↓. to highlight an option and then SELECT to choose it. [0221]
  • At the bottom of the sub-menu column is an area that displays help text for each menu option. As the user moves the cursor from option to option, the help text changes to describe the menu options. The following is a list of the menu options and the help text that appears with each option: [0222]
  • Caller ID Setup. Select how you want the Caller ID pop-up to be displayed. [0223]
  • Caller ID Log. See a log of the people who have called you. [0224]
  • Message Setup. Select how you want the Message pop-up to be displayed. [0225]
  • Caller ID Setup Screen [0226]
  • The Caller ID Setup Screen is entered by selecting the Caller ID Log option from the Telephone Services menu. [0227]
  • FIG. 24 shows a caller ID setup where the Caller ID is off on the television. If the user selects Caller ID Setup from the Telephone Services menu, the Caller ID Setup screen is displayed, as shown in FIG. 24. Tin one embodiment, there are two options for configuring the display of the Caller ID pop-up. The first option, Turn Caller ID Off on this [0228] TV 176, allows the user to turn off the Caller ID pop-up on a given source. (If the household is not configured for multi-source, this option is grayed-out.) The second option, Set Caller ID Display Time 177, allows the set the duration of the display screens. The help text 178 at the bottom of the screen explains the item to the user and displays the current state of the Caller ID display.
  • FIG. 25 shows a caller ID setup after the Caller ID is turned on. If the user presses SELECT when the Caller ID is off, the menu option changes to Turn Caller ID on this [0229] TV 180 and the help text changes to reflect the new state of the Caller ID display, as shown in FIG. 25. The user can still display the Caller ID pop-up by pressing the CALL ID key on the remote.
  • Finally, the second option, Set Caller ID Display Time [0230] 182, has help text 178 and graphical arrows 184, as shown in FIG. 26. The second option shows the user both graphically (as shown by the arrows) and verbally (as shown by the text) that the display duration can be adjusted. In one embodiment, the display duration can be adjusted in one-second increments from one to fifty-nine seconds when the Caller ID Setup is displayed. After placing the cursor over the Set Caller ID Display Time, arrows are displayed both to the left and to the right of the Set Caller ID Display Time. The left arrow indicates that the display duration can be decremented by pressing the ← key on the remote. The right arrow indicates that the display duration can be incremented by pressing the → key on the remote. Pressing the ← key on the remote decrements the display duration one second and pressing the → key on the remote increments the display duration one second. To exit the Caller ID Setup screen and return to the Telephone Services menu, the user presses EXIT. The ← is the LEFT key. The → is the RIGHT key.
  • Caller ID Log [0231]
  • When the user displays a Caller ID Log (see below), the IPG shows an aggregate list. If two users have the Caller ID Log displayed on different sources and one user deletes a message, the deletion does not occur on the log of the other source until that user closes the log. [0232]
  • The Caller ID Log is entered by selecting the Caller ID Log option from the Telephone Services menu. The Caller ID Log shows the user a list of the last N number of calls he or she has received, in reverse-chronological order (that is, the most recent call is displayed at the top of the list) where N can be a preset number or a user-defined number. [0233]
  • In one embodiment of the invention, there exists a third field, Set Number of Calls, on the Caller ID Setup screen for entering a user-defined number N. The third field operates much like the second field, Set Caller ID Display Time, operates. That is, after the user places the cursor over the Set Number of Calls, arrows are displayed both to the left and to the right of Set Number of Calls. The left arrow indicates that the number of calls N can be decremented by pressing the ← key on the remote. The right arrow indicates that the number of calls N can be incremented by pressing the RIGHT key on the remote. Pressing the ← key on the remote decrements the number of calls N and pressing the → key on the remote increments the number of calls N. [0234]
  • In another embodiment, the preset number N is 50. Where the user already has the limit of N calls logged and receives a new Call, that call is displayed at the top of the log, and the N+1 item is deleted from the bottom of the log. Where the preset number N is 50, the 51st item is deleted from the bottom of the log. [0235]
  • In yet another embodiment, the number of calls N is MSO-defined rather than user-defined, and is configured by the MSO at the network level. [0236]
  • The user can also delete items from the log selectively. In the preferred embodiment of the invention, the Caller ID Log is not protected by a Parental Control password. [0237]
  • In an alternative embodiment of the invention, the Caller ID Log is protected by the Parental Control password. The Parental Control password is set from a Parental Control menu. If the user has set a password, then the IPG asks for the password when the user selects caller ID log from the Telephone Services menu. FIG. 27 shows a parental password prompt [0238] 186 for the Caller ID Log. Once the user correctly enters the password, the Caller ID Log 188 is displayed, as shown in FIG. 28.
  • If an embodiment does not include a Parental Control password, then the Caller ID Log is displayed when the Caller ID Log is selected from the Telephone Services menu. [0239]
  • When the Caller ID Log is displayed, the cursor defaults to the top entry in the list, which is the most recent available entry. The following information is displayed on the log: [0240]
  • the name of the caller (if available); [0241]
  • the phone number of the caller; [0242]
  • the date of the call; and [0243]
  • the time of the call. [0244]
  • Calls that were logged the last time the user brought up the Caller ID Log are shown with a blue background. New calls that have been added to the list since the last time the user displayed the Caller ID Log are shown with a red background. [0245]
  • FIG. 29 shows the Delete item from Caller ID Log pop-[0246] up 190, which is displayed if the user presses SELECT on any of the calls. The Caller ID Log pop-up allows the user to select whether or not to delete the item, clear the whole list, or return to the list.
  • Message Setup Screen [0247]
  • If the user selects Message Setup from the Telephone Services menu, the [0248] Message Setup screen 192 is displayed. The options and layout of this screen are exactly the same as for the Caller ID Setup screen. The first option on this screen is whether to turn messages off/on the television and the second option lets the user set the message display time, as shown in FIG. 30.
  • While there have been described herein what are considered to be preferred and exemplary embodiments of the present invention, other modifications of the invention shall be apparent to those skilled in the art from the teachings herein, and it is, therefore desired to be secured in the appended claims all such modifications and extensions as fall with within the true spirit and scope of the invention. The invention is to be construed as including all embodiments thereof that fall within the scope of the appended claims and the invention should only be limited by the appended claims below. In addition, one skilled in the art will readily appreciate that other applications may be substituted for those set forth herein without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. [0249]

Claims (30)

1. A system for managing a plurality of interactive electronic program guides (IPGs) comprising:
a plurality of tuners for receiving telecast data for a plurality of television channels and tuning to respective television channels of the plurality of television channels;
a first memory for storing information specific to each of the plurality of IPGs;
a second memory for storing information common to the plurality of IPGs;
a microprocessor coupled to the first memory, the second memory, and the plurality of tuners for processing the information for the plurality of IPGs; and
a plurality of displays for displaying the respective telecast data for the respective television channel and for displaying the respective IPG.
2. The system of claim 1 further comprising an IPG data extractor coupled to the microprocessor for receiving the plurality of telecast data and extracting IPG data from the plurality of telecast data for the plurality of IPGs.
3. The system of claim 2 wherein the first memory, the second memory, the microprocessor, and the IPG data extractor reside in a single electronic device.
4. The system of claim 3 wherein the single electronic device is a set-top box.
5. The system of claim 3 wherein the single electronic device is a computer.
6. The system of claim 1 wherein each of the plurality of displays simultaneously displays a respective telecast data independent of each other.
7. The system of claim 1 wherein each of the plurality of displays simultaneously displays a respective telecast data and a respective IPG in different locations is a household.
8. The system of claim 1 further comprising an on-screen scheduled events list shared by the plurality of IPGs and including an aggregate list for one or more of the group individual recordings, future PPV purchases, and scheduled tunes.
9. The system of claim 1 further comprising means for customizing each of the plurality of IPGs.
10. The system of claim 9 wherein the means for customizing includes means for displaying a sorted list of the television channel identifications based on favorite channels for respective IPG users.
11. The system of claim 9 wherein the means for customizing includes means for displaying only selected television channel identifications.
12. The system of claim 9 wherein the means for customizing includes means for displaying advertisements for respective IPG users.
13. The system of claim 12 wherein the advertisements for respective IPG users are interactive.
14. The system of claim 13 wherein the advertisements for respective IPG users promote a pay-per-view program and include means for ordering the promoted a pay-per-view program.
15. The system of claim 9 wherein the customization data for each of the plurality of IPGs is stored in a plurality of respective user profiles.
16. The system of claim 15 wherein the means for customizing includes means for displaying advertisements for respective IPG users responsive to respective user profiles.
17. The system of claim 1 further comprising at least one VChip coupled to the microprocessor for parental blocking of television programs based on a user-defined criterion.
18. The system of claim 16 wherein the VChip blocks the television programs based on a plurality of ratings, the channel identifications, the program titles, or the starting times.
19. The system of claim 1 further comprising means for supporting a hierarchy of multiple user passwords.
20. The system of claim 19 wherein the hierarchy of multiple user passwords includes a master password for allowing a user with the master password to block television programs, make changes to the plurality of IPGs, or override changes to the plurality of IPGs.
21. A television set-top box for managing a plurality of interactive electronic program guides (IPGs) comprising:
means for receiving telecast data for a plurality of television channels and tuning to respective television channels of the plurality of television channels;
means for r storing information specific to each of the plurality of IPGs;
means for storing information common to the plurality of IPGs;
means for processing the information for the plurality of IPGs; and
means for displaying the respective telecast data for the respective television channel and for displaying the respective IPG.
22. A method for managing a plurality of interactive electronic program guides (IPGs) comprising:
receiving telecast data for a plurality of television channels;
storing in a memory data specific to each of the plurality of IPGs;
storing in the memory data common to the plurality of IPGS;
processing the stored data for the plurality of IPGs; and
displaying the plurality of IPGs on a plurality of respective monitors.
23. The method of claim 22 further comprising displaying a scheduled events list shared by the plurality of IPGs and including an aggregate list for one or more of the group individual recordings, future PPV purchases, and scheduled tunes.
24. The method of claim 22 further comprising customizing each of the plurality of IPGs.
25. The method of claim 24 wherein the step of customizing includes displaying a sorted list of television channel identifications based on favorite channels.
26. The method of claim 24 wherein the customizing step includes displaying advertisements for respective IPG users.
27. The method of claim 26 wherein the advertisements for respective IPG users are interactive.
28. The method of claim 26 wherein the customizing step includes displaying advertisements promoting a pay-per-view program and interacting with the displayed advertisement for ordering the promoted a pay-per-view program.
29. The method of claim 24 wherein the customizing step includes storing in a plurality of user profiles data for each of the plurality of IPGs respectively.
30. The method of claim 22 further comprising the step of blocking television programs based on a user-defined criterion.
US10/304,634 1998-07-29 2002-11-25 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods Abandoned US20030079227A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/304,634 US20030079227A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2002-11-25 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US11/182,081 US8566871B2 (en) 1998-07-29 2005-07-15 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US11/841,642 US20080134239A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2007-08-20 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US14/046,200 US20140040943A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2013-10-04 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US9456498P 1998-07-29 1998-07-29
US12329499P 1999-03-04 1999-03-04
US13500499P 1999-05-20 1999-05-20
US09/363,575 US6505348B1 (en) 1998-07-29 1999-07-29 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US10/304,634 US20030079227A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2002-11-25 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/363,575 Continuation US6505348B1 (en) 1998-07-29 1999-07-29 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/182,081 Continuation US8566871B2 (en) 1998-07-29 2005-07-15 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20030079227A1 true US20030079227A1 (en) 2003-04-24

Family

ID=27492736

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/363,575 Expired - Lifetime US6505348B1 (en) 1998-07-29 1999-07-29 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US10/304,634 Abandoned US20030079227A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2002-11-25 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US11/182,081 Expired - Lifetime US8566871B2 (en) 1998-07-29 2005-07-15 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US11/841,642 Abandoned US20080134239A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2007-08-20 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US14/046,200 Abandoned US20140040943A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2013-10-04 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US09/363,575 Expired - Lifetime US6505348B1 (en) 1998-07-29 1999-07-29 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/182,081 Expired - Lifetime US8566871B2 (en) 1998-07-29 2005-07-15 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US11/841,642 Abandoned US20080134239A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2007-08-20 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US14/046,200 Abandoned US20140040943A1 (en) 1998-07-29 2013-10-04 Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (5) US6505348B1 (en)

Cited By (97)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20010035915A1 (en) * 1996-04-30 2001-11-01 Akihiko Yamashita Program guide display controller and television receiver
US20010047285A1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2001-11-29 Webvan Group,Inc. Scheduling delivery of products via the internet
US20020010929A1 (en) * 2000-07-10 2002-01-24 Collier Rene Pierre Gaston Device for and method of presenting program information
US20030066075A1 (en) * 2001-10-02 2003-04-03 Catherine Bahn System and method for facilitating and controlling selection of TV programs by children
US20030088870A1 (en) * 2001-11-02 2003-05-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Apparatus and method of providing channel map in a digital TV
US20030107470A1 (en) * 1997-10-27 2003-06-12 Darren Kady Locking device for electronic equipment
US20030135855A1 (en) * 2001-10-04 2003-07-17 Yassine Faihe Method of television program suggestion and apparatus therefor
US20030237097A1 (en) * 2002-06-21 2003-12-25 Marshall Carl S. Peer to peer broadcast acquisition
US6735777B1 (en) * 1998-10-28 2004-05-11 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling program guide for displaying broadcast program title
US20040158854A1 (en) * 2003-02-10 2004-08-12 Shinnosuke Nagasawa Interactive remote control unit
US20040199534A1 (en) * 2003-04-04 2004-10-07 Juszkiewicz Henry E. Combination compact disc recorder and player system
US20040199654A1 (en) * 2003-04-04 2004-10-07 Juszkiewicz Henry E. Music distribution system
US20040237105A1 (en) * 2003-05-19 2004-11-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of managing electronic program guide, and multimedia device using the same
WO2004105392A1 (en) * 2003-05-20 2004-12-02 Thomson Licensing Method for navigation in a list of elements and audiovisual receiver for the selection of elements in a list
US20040255325A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2004-12-16 Maki Furui Information retrieval/reproduction apparatus and information displaying method
US20050028218A1 (en) * 1996-09-03 2005-02-03 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Schedule system with enhanced recording capability
US20050081240A1 (en) * 2003-09-29 2005-04-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Digital broadcasting receiver and method for displaying service component of digital broadcasting
US20050114374A1 (en) * 2003-04-04 2005-05-26 Juszkiewicz Henry E. User interface for a combination compact disc recorder and player system
US20050132191A1 (en) * 2003-12-16 2005-06-16 Joshi Ajit P. Method for authenticating different rendering devices with different service providers
FR2864876A1 (en) * 2004-01-05 2005-07-08 Thomson Licensing Sa Digital television service identifier navigation method for use in audiovisual receiver e.g. interactive television set, involves processing and displaying sub-list of identifiers by introduction of navigation command
US20050261985A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2005-11-24 Miller Andrew K Load balancing technique implemented in a data network device utilizing a data cache
US20060085250A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2006-04-20 Christopher Kantarjiev Techniques for processing customer service transactions at customer site using mobile computing device
US20060149709A1 (en) * 2005-01-06 2006-07-06 Pioneer Digital Technologies, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US20060150123A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-07-06 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for reconfiguring a selection system based on layers of categories descriptive of recordable events
US20060146436A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-07-06 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for displaying a series of recordable events
WO2006078254A1 (en) * 2005-01-20 2006-07-27 Thomson Licensing Bi-modal switching for controlling digital tv applications on hand-held video devices
US20060184984A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-08-17 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for intelligent indexing of recordable event identifiers
US20060184900A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-08-17 Naoya Ishii Apparatus and method for processing image, computer program and recording medium
US20060228878A1 (en) * 2005-04-06 2006-10-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Semiconductor package repair method
US7139637B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2006-11-21 William Henry Waddington Order allocation to minimize container stops in a distribution center
US20070050778A1 (en) * 2005-08-30 2007-03-01 Si-Hyoung Lee User interface method, system, and device in multitasking environment
US20070055580A1 (en) * 2001-03-19 2007-03-08 Woodward Franklin G Method and apparatus for facilitating online purchase of regulated products over a data network
US20070112647A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2007-05-17 Borders Louis H Webstore supporting multiple merchants
US20070157220A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US20070157242A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US20070250572A1 (en) * 2000-11-10 2007-10-25 Paila Narasimha R Data transmission and rendering techniques implemented over a client-server system
US20080034391A1 (en) * 2004-05-06 2008-02-07 Yonatan Lehman Resource Conflict Resolution For Multiple Television
WO2008027321A2 (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-06 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Television control, playlist generation and dvr systems and methods
US20080063354A1 (en) * 2006-09-11 2008-03-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling autostart of data application and video playback apparatus thereof
US20080066105A1 (en) * 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for automatically searching for data applications for all channels and video apparatus adopting the method
US20080077964A1 (en) * 2002-01-24 2008-03-27 Hamilton Robert D Method and System for Providing and Controlling Delivery of Content On-Demand Over a Cable Television Network and a Data Network
US20080127262A1 (en) * 2006-11-29 2008-05-29 Microsoft Corporation Determining User Interest Based On Guide Navigation
US20080154709A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2008-06-26 Peter Ham Inventory replication based upon order fulfillment rates
US20080189737A1 (en) * 1998-07-17 2008-08-07 Ellis Michael D Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within a household
US20080263600A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications
US20090059091A1 (en) * 2005-08-31 2009-03-05 Eric Andrew Dorsey Bi-Modal Switching for Controlling Digital Tv Applications on Video Devices
US20090158363A1 (en) * 2002-02-11 2009-06-18 Rodriguez Arturo A Management and Processing of Electronic Advertisement Information
US20090170778A1 (en) * 2005-02-04 2009-07-02 Pfizer Inc. PYY Agonists and Uses Thereof
US7568208B1 (en) * 1999-07-14 2009-07-28 Thomson Licensing Method and apparatus for using a single password set in an integrated television system
US20090282061A1 (en) * 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Image forming apparatus and method to display files having identifiers
US20100083319A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-01 Echostar Technologies Llc Methods and apparatus for locating content in an electronic programming guide
US20100131988A1 (en) * 2008-11-21 2010-05-27 Kent Jr Larry G Systems and methods to schedule recording of media content
US20100131983A1 (en) * 2006-09-29 2010-05-27 Steve Shannon Systems and methods for a modular media guidance dashboard application
US20100333151A1 (en) * 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Gemstar Development Corporation Cross platform entertainment architecture
US7913278B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2011-03-22 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US7934232B1 (en) 2000-05-04 2011-04-26 Jerding Dean F Navigation paradigm for access to television services
US7962370B2 (en) 2000-06-29 2011-06-14 Rodriguez Arturo A Methods in a media service system for transaction processing
US7961643B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2011-06-14 Mcdonald James F Optimizing data rates for video services to a subscriber
US7975277B1 (en) 2000-04-03 2011-07-05 Jerding Dean F System for providing alternative services
US7992163B1 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-08-02 Jerding Dean F Video-on-demand navigational system
US8006262B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2011-08-23 Rodriguez Arturo A Graphic user interfaces for purchasable and recordable media (PRM) downloads
US8006273B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2011-08-23 Rodriguez Arturo A Updating download options for unavailable media content
US8020184B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-09-13 Jerding Dean F Channel control system for exiting from an interactive program guide
US8032914B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2011-10-04 Rodriguez Arturo A Systems and methods for dynamically allocating bandwidth in a digital broadband delivery system
US8037504B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-10-11 Jerding Dean F Video on demand system with selectable options of configurable random-access control
US8069259B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2011-11-29 Rodriguez Arturo A Managing removal of media titles from a list
US8079047B1 (en) * 1999-06-11 2011-12-13 Jerding Dean F Program information searching system for interactive program guide
US8090626B1 (en) 2000-12-27 2012-01-03 Ipventure, Inc. Item substitution for unavailable items relating to a customer order
US8161388B2 (en) 2004-01-21 2012-04-17 Rodriguez Arturo A Interactive discovery of display device characteristics
US8191093B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2012-05-29 Rodriguez Arturo A Providing information pertaining to audio-visual and personal bi-directional services
CN102523489A (en) * 2005-12-29 2012-06-27 联合视频制品公司 Systems and methods for managing content
US8327403B1 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-12-04 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote program ordering on a user device via a web server
CN103067769A (en) * 2011-10-19 2013-04-24 瑞轩科技股份有限公司 Television program sharing method
US8516525B1 (en) 2000-06-09 2013-08-20 Dean F. Jerding Integrated searching system for interactive media guide
US8601526B2 (en) 2008-06-13 2013-12-03 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for displaying media content and media guidance information
US8612310B2 (en) 2005-12-29 2013-12-17 United Video Properties, Inc. Method and system for commerce in media program related merchandise
US8640172B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2014-01-28 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for characterization of purchasable and recordable media (PRM)
US8707153B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2014-04-22 Cisco Technology, Inc. Displaying comment data corresponding to a video presentation
US8892495B2 (en) 1991-12-23 2014-11-18 Blanding Hovenweep, Llc Adaptive pattern recognition based controller apparatus and method and human-interface therefore
US20150026734A1 (en) * 2006-07-31 2015-01-22 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing custom media content flipping
US9038103B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2015-05-19 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for content surfing
TWI491255B (en) * 2011-10-05 2015-07-01 Amtran Technology Co Ltd Method for sharing television programs
US9177081B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2015-11-03 Veveo, Inc. Method and system for processing ambiguous, multi-term search queries
US9185332B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2015-11-10 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing a scan
US9204193B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2015-12-01 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for media detection and filtering using a parental control logging application
US9253262B2 (en) 2013-01-24 2016-02-02 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for connecting media devices through web sockets
US9258175B1 (en) 2010-05-28 2016-02-09 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for sharing playlists for content stored within a network
US9307281B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2016-04-05 Rovi Guides, Inc. User defined rules for assigning destinations of content
USD754170S1 (en) * 2013-12-30 2016-04-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US9535563B2 (en) 1999-02-01 2017-01-03 Blanding Hovenweep, Llc Internet appliance system and method
US9848276B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-12-19 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for auto-configuring a user equipment device with content consumption material
US9854289B2 (en) 2000-03-02 2017-12-26 Tivo Solutions Inc. Secure multimedia transfer system
US9973817B1 (en) 2005-04-08 2018-05-15 Rovi Guides, Inc. System and method for providing a list of video-on-demand programs
US10080063B2 (en) 2000-03-02 2018-09-18 Tivo Solutions Inc. Method of sharing personal media using a digital recorder
US10088987B2 (en) * 2012-05-24 2018-10-02 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Movement of a menu cursor in a multi-page menu
US20190141387A1 (en) * 2014-05-09 2019-05-09 Sky Cp Limited Television user interface
US10884513B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2021-01-05 Veveo, Inc. Method and system for dynamically processing ambiguous, reduced text search queries and highlighting results thereof

Families Citing this family (413)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7210159B2 (en) * 1994-02-18 2007-04-24 Starsight Telecast, Inc. System and method for transmitting and utilizing electronic programs guide information
US9286294B2 (en) 1992-12-09 2016-03-15 Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc Video and digital multimedia aggregator content suggestion engine
US7168084B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2007-01-23 Sedna Patent Services, Llc Method and apparatus for targeting virtual objects
EP0688488A1 (en) 1993-03-05 1995-12-27 MANKOVITZ, Roy J. Apparatus and method using compressed codes for television program record scheduling
US8793738B2 (en) 1994-05-04 2014-07-29 Starsight Telecast Incorporated Television system with downloadable features
US6769128B1 (en) * 1995-06-07 2004-07-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access
US6323911B1 (en) * 1995-10-02 2001-11-27 Starsight Telecast, Inc. System and method for using television schedule information
US6002394A (en) * 1995-10-02 1999-12-14 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US8850477B2 (en) * 1995-10-02 2014-09-30 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US6388714B1 (en) 1995-10-02 2002-05-14 Starsight Telecast Inc Interactive computer system for providing television schedule information
US8006260B2 (en) * 1996-04-01 2011-08-23 Gemstar Development Corporation Apparatus and method for parental control using V-chip plus+ and master password
US6469753B1 (en) * 1996-05-03 2002-10-22 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Information system
US5801787A (en) * 1996-06-14 1998-09-01 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule system and method of operation for multiple program occurrences
US20030005463A1 (en) * 1999-09-30 2003-01-02 Douglas B Macrae Access to internet data through a television system
US6049831A (en) * 1996-11-08 2000-04-11 Gte Laboratories Incorporated System for transmitting network-related information where requested network information is separately transmitted as definitions and display information
US20030066085A1 (en) * 1996-12-10 2003-04-03 United Video Properties, Inc., A Corporation Of Delaware Internet television program guide system
US8635649B2 (en) * 1996-12-19 2014-01-21 Gemstar Development Corporation System and method for modifying advertisement responsive to EPG information
US6687906B1 (en) 1996-12-19 2004-02-03 Index Systems, Inc. EPG with advertising inserts
US20060253884A1 (en) * 1997-01-06 2006-11-09 Gray James H Methods and systems for network based capture of television viewer generated clickstreams
US7802276B2 (en) * 1997-01-06 2010-09-21 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Systems, methods and products for assessing subscriber content access
US20060031882A1 (en) * 1997-01-06 2006-02-09 Swix Scott R Systems, methods, and devices for customizing content-access lists
US20050283401A1 (en) * 1997-01-06 2005-12-22 Swix Scott R Method and system for targeting incentives
US20100257037A1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2010-10-07 Matz William R Method and system for targeted incentives
ATE355662T1 (en) * 1997-01-06 2006-03-15 Bellsouth Intellect Pty Corp METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR NETWORK USAGE COLLECTION
US7617508B2 (en) * 2003-12-12 2009-11-10 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Methods and systems for collaborative capture of television viewer generated clickstreams
US7587323B2 (en) * 2001-12-14 2009-09-08 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for developing tailored content
US6983478B1 (en) 2000-02-01 2006-01-03 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation Method and system for tracking network use
US8677384B2 (en) * 2003-12-12 2014-03-18 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Methods and systems for network based capture of television viewer generated clickstreams
US8640160B2 (en) * 1997-01-06 2014-01-28 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Method and system for providing targeted advertisements
US20060075456A1 (en) * 1997-01-06 2006-04-06 Gray James Harold Methods and systems for collaborative capture of television viewer generated clickstreams
US7020652B2 (en) * 2001-12-21 2006-03-28 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corp. System and method for customizing content-access lists
MX340336B (en) 1997-07-21 2016-07-06 Gemstar Dev Corp Systems and methods for displaying and recording control interfaces.
AU9298398A (en) 1997-09-05 1999-03-29 Prevue International, Inc. Program guide application interface system
AU8913098A (en) * 1997-09-18 1999-04-05 Prevue International, Inc. Electronic-mail reminder for an internet television program guide
US8963681B2 (en) 1997-10-27 2015-02-24 Direct Source International, Llc Operating control system for electronic equipment
US7185355B1 (en) 1998-03-04 2007-02-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Program guide system with preference profiles
US20020095676A1 (en) 1998-05-15 2002-07-18 Robert A. Knee Interactive television program guide system for determining user values for demographic categories
AU4439899A (en) 1998-06-16 2000-01-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with simultaneous watch and record capabilities
US20110093898A1 (en) * 1998-06-18 2011-04-21 Rosenthol Joshua A Program guide system with user designated favorite themes
US6442755B1 (en) * 1998-07-07 2002-08-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic program guide using markup language
CN1867068A (en) 1998-07-14 2006-11-22 联合视频制品公司 Client-server based interactive television program guide system with remote server recording
EP1099340A1 (en) 1998-07-17 2001-05-16 United Video Properties, Inc. Television system with aided user program searching
AR019458A1 (en) 1998-07-23 2002-02-20 United Video Properties Inc AN INTERACTIVE TELEVISION PROGRAMMING GUIDE PROVISION THAT SERVES AS AN ENTRY
US6505348B1 (en) * 1998-07-29 2003-01-07 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US7254823B2 (en) * 1998-08-21 2007-08-07 United Video Properties, Inc. Apparatus and method for constrained selection of favorite channels
US6898762B2 (en) * 1998-08-21 2005-05-24 United Video Properties, Inc. Client-server electronic program guide
US6701523B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2004-03-02 Index Systems, Inc. V-Chip plus+in-guide user interface apparatus and method for programmable blocking of television and other viewable programming, such as for parental control of a television receiver
US6934963B1 (en) 1998-09-22 2005-08-23 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with passive content
US6594825B1 (en) * 1998-10-30 2003-07-15 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for selecting a version of an entertainment program based on user preferences
US7603685B2 (en) 1998-11-03 2009-10-13 United Video Properties, Inc. Program guide system with combination category search
US20100257553A1 (en) * 1998-11-18 2010-10-07 Gemstar Development Corporation Systems and methods for advertising traffic control and billing
US6859799B1 (en) 1998-11-30 2005-02-22 Gemstar Development Corporation Search engine for video and graphics
US6766526B1 (en) * 1998-12-03 2004-07-20 United Video Properties, Inc. Smart channel entry system
US6865746B1 (en) * 1998-12-03 2005-03-08 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic program guide with related-program search feature
US6792197B1 (en) * 1998-12-07 2004-09-14 Index Systems, Inc. System and method for generating video taping reminders
CN1338078A (en) * 1999-03-16 2002-02-27 富士通株式会社 Information processor, method of controlling information processor, and recording medium
US6742184B1 (en) 1999-03-29 2004-05-25 Hughes Electronics Corp. Electronic television program guide with calendar tool
US6754906B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2004-06-22 The Directv Group, Inc. Categorical electronic program guide
US6658661B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2003-12-02 Hughes Electronics Corporation Carousel bit mask system and method
US6486892B1 (en) 1999-04-07 2002-11-26 Joseph L. Stern System and method for accessing, manipulating and viewing internet and non-internet related information and for controlling networked devices
US8108891B1 (en) * 1999-04-21 2012-01-31 Mitsubishi Electric Visual Solutions America, Inc. V-chip hours
JP4378576B2 (en) * 1999-05-18 2009-12-09 ソニー株式会社 Reception device and method, supply device and method, bidirectional communication system and method, and recording medium
US7540012B1 (en) * 1999-06-08 2009-05-26 International Business Machines Corporation Video on demand configuring, controlling and maintaining
US6986156B1 (en) * 1999-06-11 2006-01-10 Scientific Atlanta, Inc Systems and methods for adaptive scheduling and dynamic bandwidth resource allocation management in a digital broadband delivery system
US7150031B1 (en) * 2000-06-09 2006-12-12 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. System and method for reminders of upcoming rentable media offerings
JP2003503907A (en) 1999-06-28 2003-01-28 ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ， インコーポレイテッド Interactive television program guide system and method with niche hub
JP4954408B2 (en) * 1999-06-28 2012-06-13 インデックス システムズ インコーポレイテッド System and method for utilizing an EPG database to change advertisements
AU5775900A (en) * 1999-06-29 2001-01-31 United Video Properties, Inc. Method and system for a video-on-demand-related interactive display within an interactive television application
US20060242665A1 (en) * 1999-07-20 2006-10-26 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide systems with initial channel tuning
JP4280949B2 (en) * 1999-07-30 2009-06-17 ソニー株式会社 Information receiving apparatus, remote operation system, program guide information providing method for information receiving apparatus, and remote operation method for remote operation system
US6922843B1 (en) * 1999-08-09 2005-07-26 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide system with multiple account parental control
US6944876B1 (en) * 1999-09-29 2005-09-13 Mitsubishi Digital Electronics America, Inc. “V-chip” preset criteria
US7240359B1 (en) * 1999-10-13 2007-07-03 Starz Entertainment, Llc Programming distribution system
US20050177850A1 (en) * 1999-10-29 2005-08-11 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television system with programming-related links
US7779436B1 (en) * 1999-11-24 2010-08-17 Jlb Ventures Llc Method for using banner advertisements during commercial breaks
JP2001160940A (en) * 1999-12-01 2001-06-12 Sony Corp Broadcast system and receiver
US20020124255A1 (en) * 1999-12-10 2002-09-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for coordinating interactive and passive advertisement and merchandising opportunities
US20060059525A1 (en) * 1999-12-13 2006-03-16 Jerding Dean F Media services window configuration system
US6633635B2 (en) 1999-12-30 2003-10-14 At&T Corp. Multiple call waiting in a packetized communication system
US7180889B1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2007-02-20 At&T Corp. Personal control of address assignment and greeting options for multiple BRG ports
US6680935B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-01-20 At&T Corp. Anonymous call rejection
US6816469B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-11-09 At&T Corp. IP conference call waiting
US6937713B1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2005-08-30 At&T Corp. IP call forward profile
US6775267B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-08-10 At&T Corp Method for billing IP broadband subscribers
US6775273B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-08-10 At&T Corp. Simplified IP service control
US6671262B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2003-12-30 At&T Corp. Conference server for automatic x-way call port expansion feature
US6728239B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-04-27 At&T Corp. Scaleable network server for low cost PBX
US6678265B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-01-13 At&T Corp. Local number portability database for on-net IP call
US7089576B1 (en) * 1999-12-30 2006-08-08 Thomson Licensing Ratings control system with temporary override capability and conflict resolution feature
US6826173B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-11-30 At&T Corp. Enhanced subscriber IP alerting
US6690675B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-02-10 At&T Corp. User programmable fail-proof IP hotline/warm-line
JP2001218127A (en) * 2000-01-31 2001-08-10 Pioneer Electronic Corp Program guide display device and display method
US7373650B1 (en) * 2000-02-01 2008-05-13 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Apparatuses and methods to enable the simultaneous viewing of multiple television channels and electronic program guide content
AU2001238691A1 (en) * 2000-02-24 2001-09-03 Tvgrid, Inc. Web-driven calendar updating system
DE60013090T2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2005-08-11 Sony Service Center (Europe) N.V. Interactive digital television system and method for grouping data objects
EP1260093A2 (en) * 2000-03-02 2002-11-27 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Apparatus and method for providing a plurality of interactive program guide initial arrangements
US7340762B2 (en) * 2000-03-16 2008-03-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for broadcasting, viewing, reserving and/or delayed viewing of digital television programs
US6839903B1 (en) * 2000-03-24 2005-01-04 Sony Corporation Method of selecting a portion of a block of data for display based on characteristics of a display device
JP4944338B2 (en) * 2000-03-31 2012-05-30 ユナイテッド ビデオ プロパティーズ インク System and method for reducing cut-off in recording a program
KR20030031471A (en) 2000-03-31 2003-04-21 유나이티드 비디오 프로퍼티즈, 인크. System and method for metadata-linked advertisements
US20020007485A1 (en) * 2000-04-03 2002-01-17 Rodriguez Arturo A. Television service enhancements
CA2405433A1 (en) * 2000-04-10 2001-10-18 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guide with media guidance interface
US8132207B2 (en) 2000-05-11 2012-03-06 Jlb Ventures Llc Universal programming system and method for EPG with localized interactive content
WO2001086949A1 (en) * 2000-05-11 2001-11-15 Isurftv Universal programming system and method for epg with added offline archive
US6785901B1 (en) * 2000-05-19 2004-08-31 Webtv Networks, Inc. Altering locks on programming content
US20020059610A1 (en) * 2000-05-23 2002-05-16 Ellis Michael D. Interactive television application with watch lists
US7904939B2 (en) 2000-06-21 2011-03-08 At&T Intellectual Property I, L. P. Methods, systems, and products for automated control of devices
US7685520B2 (en) 2000-06-22 2010-03-23 Intel Corporation Electronic programming guide with selectable categories
US8082567B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2011-12-20 At&T Intellectual Property I, L. P. Methods, systems, and products for customized programming
US7600245B2 (en) 2000-06-27 2009-10-06 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and methods for subscribers to view, select and otherwise customize delivery of programming over a communication system
US6690391B1 (en) * 2000-07-13 2004-02-10 Sony Corporation Modal display, smooth scroll graphic user interface and remote command device suitable for efficient navigation and selection of dynamic data/options presented within an audio/visual system
US20060259926A1 (en) 2000-07-20 2006-11-16 Digital Deck, Inc. Adaptable programming guide for networked devices
US20020029384A1 (en) * 2000-07-20 2002-03-07 Griggs Theodore L. Mechanism for distributing content data
US20020053081A1 (en) * 2000-10-31 2002-05-02 Digitaldeck, Inc. Adaptable programming guide for networked devices
US20050022241A1 (en) * 2000-10-31 2005-01-27 Griggs Theodore L. Adaptable programming guide for networked devices
US7103906B1 (en) 2000-09-29 2006-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation User controlled multi-device media-on-demand system
KR20130066712A (en) 2000-10-11 2013-06-20 유나이티드 비디오 프로퍼티즈, 인크. Systems and methods for delivering media content
EP1334617B1 (en) * 2000-11-14 2015-04-01 Cisco Technology, Inc. Networked subscriber television distribution
US8127326B2 (en) 2000-11-14 2012-02-28 Claussen Paul J Proximity detection using wireless connectivity in a communications system
DE60120745T2 (en) * 2000-12-01 2007-05-24 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. METHOD AND DEVICE FOR COMPILING VIDEO SCENES FROM DIFFERENT DATA
JP2002183026A (en) * 2000-12-18 2002-06-28 Nippon Hoso Kyokai <Nhk> System and method for, providing contents, system and method for registering contents information, system and method for charging for contents information registration, contents selection user interface, user, terminal, and contents information database, contents selection processor, and registration charging processor
KR100359835B1 (en) * 2000-12-20 2002-11-07 엘지전자 주식회사 method for displaying to help-words content of on screen display menu item in digital TV reciever
US20020152475A1 (en) * 2001-02-07 2002-10-17 Istvan Anthony F. User model for interactive television system
US20020152461A1 (en) * 2001-02-07 2002-10-17 Istvan Anthony F. Coordination of favorites among disparate devices in an interactive video casting system
US20020184351A1 (en) * 2001-02-07 2002-12-05 Istvan Anthony F. Information access in user model-based interactive television
KR101548473B1 (en) * 2001-02-21 2015-08-28 로비 가이드스, 인크. Systems and methods for interactive program guides with personal video recording features
US7184522B2 (en) * 2001-05-16 2007-02-27 Comverse, Inc. Method and apparatus for managing calls through an entertainment center
US8291457B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2012-10-16 Vixs Systems, Inc. Channel selection in a multimedia system
US20090031419A1 (en) 2001-05-24 2009-01-29 Indra Laksono Multimedia system and server and methods for use therewith
US7577973B1 (en) * 2001-05-31 2009-08-18 Keen Personal Media, Inc. Client terminal for displaying program guide information associated with different programs within a pop-up
US20020188956A1 (en) * 2001-06-07 2002-12-12 Michael Ficco Method and system for electronic program guide temporal content organization
US7281261B2 (en) * 2001-06-29 2007-10-09 Microsoft Corporation Remotely accessing and programming a set top box
US8032909B2 (en) * 2001-07-05 2011-10-04 Digimarc Corporation Watermarking and electronic program guides
US8122465B2 (en) * 2001-07-05 2012-02-21 Digimarc Corporation Watermarking to set video usage permissions
US20030088420A1 (en) * 2001-07-10 2003-05-08 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Electronic program guide for processing content-related information configured using a reference information model
US20100175084A1 (en) * 2001-07-12 2010-07-08 Ellis Michael D Interactive television system with messaging and related promotions
US7908628B2 (en) 2001-08-03 2011-03-15 Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc Video and digital multimedia aggregator content coding and formatting
US7793326B2 (en) 2001-08-03 2010-09-07 Comcast Ip Holdings I, Llc Video and digital multimedia aggregator
JP2003110960A (en) * 2001-10-01 2003-04-11 Toshiba Corp Program information retrieval method and program information retrieval apparatus
US7140032B2 (en) * 2001-10-29 2006-11-21 Sony Corporation System and method for establishing TV channel
US20110178877A1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2011-07-21 Swix Scott R Advertising and content management systems and methods
US7212979B1 (en) * 2001-12-14 2007-05-01 Bellsouth Intellectuall Property Corporation System and method for identifying desirable subscribers
US9967633B1 (en) 2001-12-14 2018-05-08 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for utilizing television viewing patterns
EP1322111B1 (en) * 2001-12-18 2007-10-10 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Television apparatus having speech recognition function
US20050071863A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2005-03-31 Matz William R. System and method for storing and distributing television viewing patterns form a clearinghouse
US20030120758A1 (en) * 2001-12-21 2003-06-26 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. XML conditioning for new devices attached to the network
US7086075B2 (en) * 2001-12-21 2006-08-01 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation Method and system for managing timed responses to A/V events in television programming
US8086491B1 (en) 2001-12-31 2011-12-27 At&T Intellectual Property I, L. P. Method and system for targeted content distribution using tagged data streams
US20030154481A1 (en) * 2002-02-11 2003-08-14 Andersen David B. Identification of programming having supplementary content
US7690012B2 (en) * 2002-02-28 2010-03-30 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Positive parental control
JP3601819B2 (en) * 2002-03-18 2004-12-15 日本電信電話株式会社 Control device for video viewing device, control method therefor, program and recording medium
US20090307726A1 (en) * 2002-06-26 2009-12-10 Andrew Christopher Levin Systems and methods for recommending age-range appropriate episodes of program content
US6662518B1 (en) * 2002-07-24 2003-12-16 Arbor Contract Carpet, Inc. Floor covering transition device
US7516470B2 (en) * 2002-08-02 2009-04-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Locally-updated interactive program guide
US7366265B2 (en) * 2002-08-29 2008-04-29 Thomson Licensing System for detecting the characteristics of a time varying multipath component
US20060053451A1 (en) * 2002-09-05 2006-03-09 Lockrige Terry W Method and system for providing a cache guide
US20040068754A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2004-04-08 Russ Samuel H. Expandable tuning capability
US20040068752A1 (en) * 2002-10-02 2004-04-08 Parker Leslie T. Systems and methods for providing television signals to multiple televisions located at a customer premises
US7908625B2 (en) 2002-10-02 2011-03-15 Robertson Neil C Networked multimedia system
US8046806B2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2011-10-25 Wall William E Multiroom point of deployment module
US20040068739A1 (en) * 2002-10-04 2004-04-08 Russ Samuel H. Networked multimedia system having a multi-room interactive network guide
US20040133911A1 (en) * 2002-10-04 2004-07-08 Russ Samuel H. Subscriber network in a satellite system
US20050155052A1 (en) * 2002-10-04 2005-07-14 Barbara Ostrowska Parental control for a networked multiroom system
US7545935B2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2009-06-09 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Networked multimedia overlay system
US7360235B2 (en) * 2002-10-04 2008-04-15 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Systems and methods for operating a peripheral record/playback device in a networked multimedia system
KR100445008B1 (en) * 2002-10-28 2004-08-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for controlling the display of program guide
US7487532B2 (en) * 2003-01-15 2009-02-03 Cisco Technology, Inc. Optimization of a full duplex wideband communications system
US8094640B2 (en) * 2003-01-15 2012-01-10 Robertson Neil C Full duplex wideband communications system for a local coaxial network
US7493646B2 (en) 2003-01-30 2009-02-17 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television systems with digital video recording and adjustable reminders
US6760538B1 (en) * 2003-04-21 2004-07-06 Pioneer Digital Technologies, Inc. Video recorder having user extended and automatically extended time slots
US20060051059A1 (en) * 2004-09-08 2006-03-09 Krakirian Haig H Video recorder having user extended and automatically extended time slots
US20040213557A1 (en) * 2003-04-23 2004-10-28 Pioneer Digital Technologies, Inc. Non-hierarchical interface screens for use in a video recorder
EP1623510A4 (en) * 2003-05-14 2010-01-06 Resource Consortium Ltd Infrared signal distribution and management system and method
US8022837B2 (en) * 2003-05-14 2011-09-20 Resource Consortium Limited, Inc. Infrared signal distribution and management system and method
WO2004105257A2 (en) * 2003-05-14 2004-12-02 Digital Deck, Inc. Distributed media management apparatus and method
TW200428301A (en) * 2003-05-14 2004-12-16 Digitaldeck Inc Device control apparatus and method
JP3822577B2 (en) * 2003-05-22 2006-09-20 株式会社エヌ・ティ・ティ・ドコモ Computer and program
US20040255327A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2004-12-16 Digital Deck, Inc. Media content distribution system and method
US7454120B2 (en) * 2003-07-02 2008-11-18 Macrovision Corporation Methods and apparatus for client aggregation of television programming in a networked personal video recording system
US7603022B2 (en) * 2003-07-02 2009-10-13 Macrovision Corporation Networked personal video recording system
US8438601B2 (en) 2003-07-02 2013-05-07 Rovi Solutions Corporation Resource management for a networked personal video recording system
US9402045B2 (en) 2003-09-09 2016-07-26 Echostar Technologies L.L.C. Method and apparatus for displaying electronic program guide information
US20050086691A1 (en) * 2003-10-17 2005-04-21 Mydtv, Inc. Interactive program banners providing program segment information
US7310807B2 (en) 2003-10-29 2007-12-18 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method for local video distribution
US20050097595A1 (en) * 2003-11-05 2005-05-05 Matti Lipsanen Method and system for controlling access to content
US7984468B2 (en) 2003-11-06 2011-07-19 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing program suggestions in an interactive television program guide
JP4047267B2 (en) * 2003-11-21 2008-02-13 キヤノン株式会社 Program selection method and program selection control apparatus
US20060155850A1 (en) * 2003-11-25 2006-07-13 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Networked mobile EPG service architecture
US20050125420A1 (en) * 2003-12-03 2005-06-09 Allen Tsz-Chiu Wong System and method of operating the system that prevents multiple channels from continuously being sent to the same set top box
US20050149988A1 (en) * 2004-01-06 2005-07-07 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Delivering interactive television components in real time for live broadcast events
US20050149967A1 (en) * 2004-01-06 2005-07-07 Hanley Mark G. System and method for managing software alert messages on televisions
JP2005198061A (en) * 2004-01-08 2005-07-21 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Catv system
TWI276888B (en) * 2004-04-22 2007-03-21 Novatek Microelectronics Corp Data transferring method
US20050251580A1 (en) * 2004-05-10 2005-11-10 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. System and method for efficiently implementing processed data structures in an electronic network
WO2005122557A1 (en) * 2004-06-04 2005-12-22 Thomson Licensing Method and apparatus for controlling an apparatus having a parental control function
US20060015908A1 (en) * 2004-06-30 2006-01-19 Nokia Corporation Multiple services within a channel-identification in a device
US8904458B2 (en) * 2004-07-29 2014-12-02 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for pre-caching a first portion of a video file on a set-top box
US9584868B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2017-02-28 Broadband Itv, Inc. Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection
US20060026635A1 (en) * 2004-07-30 2006-02-02 Microsoft Corporation Program portals and methods and systems for finding and viewing programs
US11259059B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2022-02-22 Broadband Itv, Inc. System for addressing on-demand TV program content on TV services platform of a digital TV services provider
US7631336B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2009-12-08 Broadband Itv, Inc. Method for converting, navigating and displaying video content uploaded from the internet to a digital TV video-on-demand platform
US7590997B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2009-09-15 Broadband Itv, Inc. System and method for managing, converting and displaying video content on a video-on-demand platform, including ads used for drill-down navigation and consumer-generated classified ads
US20060031872A1 (en) * 2004-08-03 2006-02-09 Eric Hsiao System and method for real-time displaying of blocked and locked out status of programs in electronic program guides
US20060037043A1 (en) * 2004-08-10 2006-02-16 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Method and interface for managing movies on a set-top box
US8584257B2 (en) * 2004-08-10 2013-11-12 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Method and interface for video content acquisition security on a set-top box
US7940746B2 (en) 2004-08-24 2011-05-10 Comcast Cable Holdings, Llc Method and system for locating a voice over internet protocol (VoIP) device connected to a network
US20060048178A1 (en) * 2004-08-26 2006-03-02 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Interface for controlling service actions at a set top box from a remote control
US8086575B2 (en) * 2004-09-23 2011-12-27 Rovi Solutions Corporation Methods and apparatus for integrating disparate media formats in a networked media system
US8086261B2 (en) * 2004-10-07 2011-12-27 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for providing digital network access and digital broadcast services using combined channels on a single physical medium to the customer premises
US8806533B1 (en) 2004-10-08 2014-08-12 United Video Properties, Inc. System and method for using television information codes
ITMI20042234A1 (en) * 2004-11-19 2005-02-19 Abb Service Srl AUTOMATIC SWITCH WITH RELEASE KINEMATISM USED BY MOBILE CONTACT
US20060174279A1 (en) * 2004-11-19 2006-08-03 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method for managing television tuners
US20060117354A1 (en) * 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Mark Schutte Consolidating video-on-demand (VOD) services with multi-room personal video recording (MR-PVR) services
US8434116B2 (en) * 2004-12-01 2013-04-30 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Device, system, and method for managing television tuners
US7716714B2 (en) * 2004-12-01 2010-05-11 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for recording television content at a set top box
US7474359B2 (en) * 2004-12-06 2009-01-06 At&T Intellectual Properties I, L.P. System and method of displaying a video stream
US20060156372A1 (en) * 2005-01-12 2006-07-13 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System, method and interface for managing content at a set top box
JP2006197083A (en) * 2005-01-12 2006-07-27 Seiko Epson Corp Digital television receiver
US7436346B2 (en) * 2005-01-20 2008-10-14 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System, method and interface for controlling multiple electronic devices of a home entertainment system via a single control device
US20060168610A1 (en) * 2005-01-26 2006-07-27 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method of managing content
US20060174309A1 (en) * 2005-01-28 2006-08-03 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method of managing set top box memory
US7307574B2 (en) * 2005-02-02 2007-12-11 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp Remote control, apparatus, system and methods of using the same
US20060179466A1 (en) * 2005-02-04 2006-08-10 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method of providing email service via a set top box
US8214859B2 (en) * 2005-02-14 2012-07-03 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Automatic switching between high definition and standard definition IP television signals
US20060184991A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2006-08-17 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp System and method of providing television content
US20070143776A1 (en) * 2005-03-01 2007-06-21 Russ Samuel H Viewer data collection in a multi-room network
US20060218581A1 (en) * 2005-03-01 2006-09-28 Barbara Ostrowska Interactive network guide with parental monitoring
US20060218590A1 (en) * 2005-03-10 2006-09-28 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method for displaying an electronic program guide
US20060230421A1 (en) * 2005-03-30 2006-10-12 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp Method of using an entertainment system and an apparatus and handset for use with the entertainment system
US8229283B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2012-07-24 Rovi Guides, Inc. System and method for quality marking of a recording
US20060225105A1 (en) * 2005-04-05 2006-10-05 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Networked multi-room system ad insertion
US20060236343A1 (en) * 2005-04-14 2006-10-19 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, Lp System and method of locating and providing video content via an IPTV network
US8037501B2 (en) * 2005-05-06 2011-10-11 Starz Entertainment, Llc Methods for entertainment-programming distribution
US8584171B2 (en) * 2005-05-06 2013-11-12 Starz Entertainment Group Llc Local context navigation system
US8054849B2 (en) 2005-05-27 2011-11-08 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method of managing video content streams
US20060282785A1 (en) * 2005-06-09 2006-12-14 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method of displaying content in display windows
US8893199B2 (en) * 2005-06-22 2014-11-18 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method of managing video content delivery
US20070011133A1 (en) * 2005-06-22 2007-01-11 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Voice search engine generating sub-topics based on recognitiion confidence
US7908627B2 (en) 2005-06-22 2011-03-15 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method to provide a unified video signal for diverse receiving platforms
US8635659B2 (en) * 2005-06-24 2014-01-21 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Audio receiver modular card and method thereof
US8365218B2 (en) 2005-06-24 2013-01-29 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Networked television and method thereof
US8282476B2 (en) * 2005-06-24 2012-10-09 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Multimedia-based video game distribution
US20060294568A1 (en) * 2005-06-24 2006-12-28 Sbc Knowledge Ventures, L.P. Video game console modular card and method thereof
US8190688B2 (en) * 2005-07-11 2012-05-29 At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp System and method of transmitting photographs from a set top box
US7873102B2 (en) * 2005-07-27 2011-01-18 At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp Video quality testing by encoding aggregated clips
KR100736039B1 (en) * 2005-08-04 2007-07-06 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for displaying program rating and rating on the basis of viewer ages
US7657843B2 (en) * 2005-08-15 2010-02-02 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Menu promotions user interface
US7680256B2 (en) * 2005-08-18 2010-03-16 One Number Corporation Contact number encapsulation system
US20070078732A1 (en) * 2005-09-14 2007-04-05 Crolley C W Interactive information access system
US7646962B1 (en) * 2005-09-30 2010-01-12 Guideworks, Llc System and methods for recording and playing back programs having desirable recording attributes
US7876998B2 (en) 2005-10-05 2011-01-25 Wall William E DVD playback over multi-room by copying to HDD
US8582946B2 (en) * 2005-11-04 2013-11-12 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for recording programs using a network recording device as supplemental storage
US9113107B2 (en) * 2005-11-08 2015-08-18 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive advertising and program promotion in an interactive television system
US9008293B2 (en) 2005-11-25 2015-04-14 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Caller ID information to internet protocol television displays
US7685477B2 (en) * 2005-12-09 2010-03-23 Dell Products L.P. System and method for auxiliary channel error messaging
US20070157281A1 (en) * 2005-12-23 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
US20070157266A1 (en) * 2005-12-23 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
US7840977B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2010-11-23 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
US8607287B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2013-12-10 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
US9681105B2 (en) 2005-12-29 2017-06-13 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
US7765235B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2010-07-27 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for resolving conflicts and managing system resources in multimedia delivery systems
US8214869B2 (en) 2005-12-29 2012-07-03 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for managing a status change of a multimedia asset in multimedia delivery systems
US9015736B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2015-04-21 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for episode tracking in an interactive media environment
US20100153885A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2010-06-17 Rovi Technologies Corporation Systems and methods for interacting with advanced displays provided by an interactive media guidance application
US20070157247A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US20070157222A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US20070157240A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance system having multiple devices
US8782706B2 (en) * 2005-12-29 2014-07-15 United Video Properties Systems and methods for providing channel groups in an interactive media guidance application
US20070157223A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US20070157237A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 Charles Cordray Systems and methods for episode tracking in an interactive media environment
US20070156589A1 (en) * 2005-12-30 2007-07-05 Randy Zimler Integrating personalized listings of media content into an electronic program guide
US20070162936A1 (en) * 2006-01-06 2007-07-12 Verizon Data Services Inc. Interactive main menu graphical user interface systems and methods
US7830459B2 (en) * 2006-02-03 2010-11-09 At&T Knowledge Ventures, L.P. System and method for parallel channel scanning
US7657526B2 (en) 2006-03-06 2010-02-02 Veveo, Inc. Methods and systems for selecting and presenting content based on activity level spikes associated with the content
WO2007104901A1 (en) * 2006-03-13 2007-09-20 Nds Limited Financial transaction control system
US20070214484A1 (en) * 2006-03-13 2007-09-13 Carolyn Taylor Digital video broadcast transition method and device
US20070223870A1 (en) * 2006-03-23 2007-09-27 Seagate Technology Llc Single board digital video system
US8316394B2 (en) 2006-03-24 2012-11-20 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive media guidance application with intelligent navigation and display features
US8069461B2 (en) 2006-03-30 2011-11-29 Verizon Services Corp. On-screen program guide with interactive programming recommendations
US20070240182A1 (en) * 2006-04-10 2007-10-11 John Callahan Methods and apparatus for providing a guide and/or remote control suitable for children
US9679602B2 (en) 2006-06-14 2017-06-13 Seagate Technology Llc Disc drive circuitry swap
US9918043B2 (en) * 2006-06-27 2018-03-13 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Snippet access systems and methods
US9173001B1 (en) 2006-06-27 2015-10-27 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Media content access systems and methods
US7890490B1 (en) * 2006-06-30 2011-02-15 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing advanced information searching in an interactive media guidance application
US8930560B2 (en) * 2006-07-10 2015-01-06 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Re-directing video according to a standard protocol
KR20080012054A (en) * 2006-08-02 2008-02-11 삼성전자주식회사 Media processing apparatus and information display method thereof
US20080046935A1 (en) * 2006-08-18 2008-02-21 Krakirian Haig H System and method for displaying program guide information
US9021404B2 (en) * 2006-08-25 2015-04-28 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems and methods for modifying content based on a positional relationship
US20080049767A1 (en) * 2006-08-25 2008-02-28 At&T Corp. Method for controlling multiple network services based on a user profile
US8418217B2 (en) 2006-09-06 2013-04-09 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems and methods for accessing media content
US7890849B2 (en) * 2006-09-15 2011-02-15 Microsoft Corporation Concurrent presentation of media and related content lists
CN101536520B (en) * 2006-09-29 2011-08-17 联合视频制品公司 Management of profiles for interactive media guidance applications
US8566874B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2013-10-22 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Control tools for media content access systems and methods
US8464295B2 (en) 2006-10-03 2013-06-11 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Interactive search graphical user interface systems and methods
US8316320B2 (en) * 2006-10-03 2012-11-20 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Expandable history tab in interactive graphical user interface systems and methods
US8832742B2 (en) 2006-10-06 2014-09-09 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for acquiring, categorizing and delivering media in interactive media guidance applications
US9124767B2 (en) * 2006-10-25 2015-09-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-DVR media content arbitration
US20080117339A1 (en) * 2006-11-20 2008-05-22 Comcast Cable Holdings, Llc Remote control based content control
US8316408B2 (en) 2006-11-22 2012-11-20 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Audio processing for media content access systems and methods
US20080148311A1 (en) * 2006-12-13 2008-06-19 Tischer Steven N Advertising and content management systems and methods
US8250605B2 (en) * 2006-12-18 2012-08-21 Verizon Services Corp. Systems and methods for presentation of preferred program selections
US8194034B2 (en) * 2006-12-20 2012-06-05 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems and methods for controlling a display
US8510780B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2013-08-13 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Program guide navigation tools for media content access systems and methods
US8028313B2 (en) 2006-12-21 2011-09-27 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Linear program guide for media content access systems and methods
US8898701B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2014-11-25 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Method and system for providing attribute browsing of video assets
US8869189B2 (en) * 2006-12-29 2014-10-21 Echostar Technologies L.L.C. Controlling access to content and/or services
US8015581B2 (en) 2007-01-05 2011-09-06 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Resource data configuration for media content access systems and methods
US20080167943A1 (en) * 2007-01-05 2008-07-10 O'neil Douglas R Real time pricing, purchasing and auctioning of advertising time slots based on real time viewership, viewer demographics, and content characteristics
US20080189736A1 (en) * 2007-02-07 2008-08-07 Sbc Knowledge Ventures L.P. System and method for displaying information related to a television signal
JP2008219162A (en) * 2007-02-28 2008-09-18 Toshiba Corp Program guide display apparatus and program guide display method
US7801888B2 (en) 2007-03-09 2010-09-21 Microsoft Corporation Media content search results ranked by popularity
US9819984B1 (en) 2007-03-26 2017-11-14 CSC Holdings, LLC Digital video recording with remote storage
US20080244654A1 (en) * 2007-03-29 2008-10-02 Verizon Laboratories Inc. System and Method for Providing a Directory of Advertisements
US8533761B1 (en) 2007-04-30 2013-09-10 Google Inc. Aggregating media information
US8631440B2 (en) * 2007-04-30 2014-01-14 Google Inc. Program guide user interface
US8484192B1 (en) 2007-04-30 2013-07-09 Google Inc. Media search broadening
US8005826B1 (en) 2007-04-30 2011-08-23 Google Inc. Identifying media content in queries
US20080301732A1 (en) * 2007-05-31 2008-12-04 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for personalizing an interactive media guidance application
US8832553B2 (en) * 2007-06-19 2014-09-09 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Program guide 3D zoom
US9654833B2 (en) 2007-06-26 2017-05-16 Broadband Itv, Inc. Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection
US11570521B2 (en) 2007-06-26 2023-01-31 Broadband Itv, Inc. Dynamic adjustment of electronic program guide displays based on viewer preferences for minimizing navigation in VOD program selection
US8103965B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2012-01-24 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Media content recording and healing statuses
US9826189B2 (en) * 2007-06-28 2017-11-21 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Apparatus, method, and computer program product for presenting an interactive programming guide
US8739213B2 (en) 2007-06-29 2014-05-27 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. System and method for providing an interactive program guide for past current and future programming
US8483546B2 (en) * 2007-06-29 2013-07-09 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Apparatus, method, and computer program product for receiving a command during a commercial
US9654721B2 (en) 2007-07-10 2017-05-16 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. System and method for providing personal content recommendations
US20090019492A1 (en) 2007-07-11 2009-01-15 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for mirroring and transcoding media content
US20090060468A1 (en) * 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for recording popular media in an interactive media delivery system
EP2198358A4 (en) * 2007-09-05 2010-11-10 Opentv Inc Banner interface video function navigation
EP2190200B1 (en) * 2007-09-18 2018-02-14 Panasonic Corporation Display device, display method and display program
EP2190201A4 (en) * 2007-09-18 2011-07-06 Panasonic Corp Dispay device, display method and display program
US20090083141A1 (en) * 2007-09-25 2009-03-26 Ari Craine Methods, systems, and computer program products for detecting and predicting user content interest
US9305590B2 (en) 2007-10-16 2016-04-05 Seagate Technology Llc Prevent data storage device circuitry swap
GB2453789B (en) * 2007-10-19 2012-11-14 British Sky Broadcasting Ltd Television display
US20090133078A1 (en) * 2007-11-16 2009-05-21 United Video Properties, Inc Systems and methods for automatically purchasing and recording popular pay programs in an interactive media delivery system
US20090158350A1 (en) * 2007-12-14 2009-06-18 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing enhanced recording options of media content
US20090158408A1 (en) * 2007-12-18 2009-06-18 At&T Delaware Intellectual Property, Inc Methods, systems, and computer products for providing and accessing media
US9118869B2 (en) * 2007-12-19 2015-08-25 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Vertically oriented program guide for media content access systems and methods
US8051447B2 (en) 2007-12-19 2011-11-01 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Condensed program guide for media content access systems and methods
CN101472117A (en) * 2007-12-25 2009-07-01 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 Apparatus and method for selectively recording program
CN101540850A (en) * 2008-03-18 2009-09-23 深圳Tcl新技术有限公司 System and method for selecting television programs
CN101981581B (en) * 2008-04-04 2013-08-28 国际商业机器公司 Handling expired passwords
US8989561B1 (en) 2008-05-29 2015-03-24 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for alerting users of the postponed recording of programs
US20090322723A1 (en) * 2008-06-27 2009-12-31 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for disabling a display device
US8624908B1 (en) 2008-06-27 2014-01-07 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods of transitioning from buffering video to recording video
US8655953B2 (en) * 2008-07-18 2014-02-18 Porto Technology, Llc System and method for playback positioning of distributed media co-viewers
US7515136B1 (en) 2008-07-31 2009-04-07 International Business Machines Corporation Collaborative and situationally aware active billboards
US8595778B2 (en) * 2008-11-12 2013-11-26 Level 3 Communications, Llc User authentication in a content delivery network
US10063934B2 (en) 2008-11-25 2018-08-28 Rovi Technologies Corporation Reducing unicast session duration with restart TV
US9838745B2 (en) * 2008-12-11 2017-12-05 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Providing product information during multimedia programs
KR101548742B1 (en) * 2008-12-15 2015-09-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Display apparatus having network function and conrtol method thereof
KR100973214B1 (en) * 2008-12-19 2010-07-30 엔에이치엔(주) Method and apparatus for providing search service while broadcasting program
US8522163B2 (en) 2008-12-19 2013-08-27 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems and methods for radial display of time based information
US9274505B2 (en) * 2008-12-19 2016-03-01 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems and methods for radial display of time based information
US8375409B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2013-02-12 Purplecomm Inc. Meta channel based media system control technology
US8726310B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2014-05-13 Purplecomm Inc. Meta channel media system control and advertisement technology
US8458746B2 (en) * 2009-02-05 2013-06-04 Purplecomm Inc. Meta channel caching and instant viewing related technology
US8402497B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2013-03-19 Purplecomm Inc. Meta channel network-based content download technology
CN102388621B (en) * 2009-02-05 2016-08-03 普尔帕康有限公司 Media system based on unit's channel controls technology
US20100205556A1 (en) * 2009-02-10 2010-08-12 Alfa Laval Corporate Ab Human machine interface navigation tool
US9088757B2 (en) 2009-03-25 2015-07-21 Eloy Technology, Llc Method and system for socially ranking programs
US9241136B2 (en) * 2009-06-29 2016-01-19 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Method and apparatus for creating a personalized programming guide
US8990858B2 (en) * 2009-06-29 2015-03-24 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Search-based media program guide systems and methods
US9009622B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2015-04-14 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Media content instance search methods and systems
US9166714B2 (en) 2009-09-11 2015-10-20 Veveo, Inc. Method of and system for presenting enriched video viewing analytics
US20110072452A1 (en) * 2009-09-23 2011-03-24 Rovi Technologies Corporation Systems and methods for providing automatic parental control activation when a restricted user is detected within range of a device
US9014546B2 (en) 2009-09-23 2015-04-21 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for automatically detecting users within detection regions of media devices
KR20110034820A (en) * 2009-09-29 2011-04-06 엘지전자 주식회사 A method for operating an interactive program guide, a user device for an interactive program guide, a method and a device for providing a consolidated data guide information listing
US8161071B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2012-04-17 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for audio asset storage and management
US20110078020A1 (en) * 2009-09-30 2011-03-31 Lajoie Dan Systems and methods for identifying popular audio assets
US8359616B2 (en) * 2009-09-30 2013-01-22 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for automatically generating advertisements using a media guidance application
US8677400B2 (en) * 2009-09-30 2014-03-18 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for identifying audio content using an interactive media guidance application
US9258529B2 (en) 2009-10-15 2016-02-09 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Data distribution
US9143737B2 (en) 2009-10-15 2015-09-22 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Data distribution
US9571784B2 (en) * 2009-10-30 2017-02-14 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Media content watch list systems and methods
US9445158B2 (en) 2009-11-06 2016-09-13 Eloy Technology, Llc Distributed aggregated content guide for collaborative playback session
US8881192B2 (en) * 2009-11-19 2014-11-04 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Television content through supplementary media channels
US8327394B2 (en) * 2009-11-30 2012-12-04 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Boosting factor for television content
US9083934B2 (en) * 2009-12-15 2015-07-14 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Systems and methods for controlling media recording devices via a media recorder proxy device
US20110154399A1 (en) * 2009-12-22 2011-06-23 Verizon Patent And Licensing, Inc. Content recommendation engine
US8528016B2 (en) 2009-12-28 2013-09-03 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Dynamic program guide information
US8640052B2 (en) 2009-12-31 2014-01-28 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. User interface enhancements for media content access systems and methods
US20110185008A1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2011-07-28 Phac Le Tuan Methods and Apparatus for Supporting and Implementing Multi-User Interactions Including Shared Display Devices
US9571782B2 (en) 2010-02-17 2017-02-14 CSC Holdings, LLC Feature activation on occurrence of an event
US8724639B2 (en) * 2010-02-26 2014-05-13 Mohamed K. Mahmoud Smart home hub
US8463677B2 (en) * 2010-08-12 2013-06-11 Net Power And Light, Inc. System architecture and methods for experimental computing
US9398339B2 (en) 2010-09-01 2016-07-19 Lg Electronics Inc. Image display apparatus and method for operating the same
US9304592B2 (en) * 2010-11-12 2016-04-05 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Electronic device control based on gestures
KR20120065612A (en) * 2010-12-13 2012-06-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for notifying event of communication terminal in electronic device
US9736524B2 (en) 2011-01-06 2017-08-15 Veveo, Inc. Methods of and systems for content search based on environment sampling
KR101882339B1 (en) 2011-08-30 2018-07-27 삼성전자주식회사 Device and method for managing application in wireless terminal
EP2579608B1 (en) * 2011-10-07 2019-06-19 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Conflict processing accessing a personal TV functionality by a plurality of users
US8909667B2 (en) 2011-11-01 2014-12-09 Lemi Technology, Llc Systems, methods, and computer readable media for generating recommendations in a media recommendation system
US8805418B2 (en) 2011-12-23 2014-08-12 United Video Properties, Inc. Methods and systems for performing actions based on location-based rules
US10229197B1 (en) 2012-04-20 2019-03-12 The Directiv Group, Inc. Method and system for using saved search results in menu structure searching for obtaining faster search results
US10334298B1 (en) * 2012-04-20 2019-06-25 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for searching content using a content time based window within a user device
US20140101682A1 (en) * 2012-10-10 2014-04-10 Microsoft Corporation Television auto-tune based on habitual viewing behaviors
US20140195334A1 (en) 2013-01-10 2014-07-10 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for optimizing data driven media placement
CN103927106A (en) * 2013-01-14 2014-07-16 富泰华工业（深圳）有限公司 Application program starting system and method
KR102038467B1 (en) * 2013-03-05 2019-10-30 삼성전자주식회사 Method and apparatus for configuring password and for releasing lock
US9674563B2 (en) 2013-11-04 2017-06-06 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for recommending content
US9681192B2 (en) * 2013-11-13 2017-06-13 Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc Content management in a network environment
US9948978B2 (en) * 2014-01-02 2018-04-17 International Business Machines Corporation Determining alternatives when a recording conflict occurs
US9264656B2 (en) 2014-02-26 2016-02-16 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for managing storage space
US9288521B2 (en) 2014-05-28 2016-03-15 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for updating media asset data based on pause point in the media asset
US10523997B2 (en) * 2014-10-15 2019-12-31 Maxell, Ltd. Broadcast reception device, broadcast reception method, and broadcast reception program
CN105163168A (en) * 2015-08-26 2015-12-16 浪潮软件集团有限公司 Mobile equipment, system and method for reserving and recording television program
KR20170106054A (en) * 2016-03-11 2017-09-20 삼성전자주식회사 Image display apparatus and method for displaying image
US10904329B1 (en) 2016-12-30 2021-01-26 CSC Holdings, LLC Virtualized transcoder
US10694251B2 (en) 2017-02-23 2020-06-23 The Directv Group, Inc. Preventing inadvertent viewing of media content
US10271102B2 (en) * 2017-07-24 2019-04-23 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for conflict detection based on user preferences
CN111447484B (en) * 2020-03-31 2022-04-08 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Loading method and device of electronic program guide EPG and storage medium
US11284165B1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2022-03-22 CSC Holdings, LLC Copyright compliant trick playback modes in a service provider network

Citations (92)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US577859A (en) * 1897-03-02 Fender for cars
US4429385A (en) * 1981-12-31 1984-01-31 American Newspaper Publishers Association Method and apparatus for digital serial scanning with hierarchical and relational access
US4718107A (en) * 1986-02-14 1988-01-05 Rca Corporation Parental control for CATV converters
US4751578A (en) * 1985-05-28 1988-06-14 David P. Gordon System for electronically controllably viewing on a television updateable television programming information
US4908707A (en) * 1987-07-20 1990-03-13 U.S. Philips Corp. Video cassette recorder programming via teletext transmissions
US4930158A (en) * 1987-09-02 1990-05-29 Vogel Peter S Selective video playing system
US4994908A (en) * 1988-12-23 1991-02-19 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Interactive room status/time information system
US5001554A (en) * 1988-12-23 1991-03-19 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Terminal authorization method
US5036314A (en) * 1988-01-12 1991-07-30 Sarin S.S. Ausiliari E Ricerca Informatica Method and system for the integrated supply of telematic services and graphic information to user terminals, particularly for advertising purposes
US5089885A (en) * 1986-11-14 1992-02-18 Video Jukebox Network, Inc. Telephone access display system with remote monitoring
US5105184A (en) * 1989-11-09 1992-04-14 Noorali Pirani Methods for displaying and integrating commercial advertisements with computer software
US5109279A (en) * 1988-03-28 1992-04-28 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Television receiver with teletext receiving function and a method for superimposing a teletext picture on a television picture
US5113259A (en) * 1990-04-19 1992-05-12 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Data transfer from an external computer to a television receiver having picture-in-picture capability
US5132992A (en) * 1991-01-07 1992-07-21 Paul Yurt Audio and video transmission and receiving system
US5134719A (en) * 1991-02-19 1992-07-28 Mankovitz Roy J Apparatus and methods for identifying broadcast audio program selections in an FM stereo broadcast system
US5200822A (en) * 1991-04-23 1993-04-06 National Broadcasting Company, Inc. Arrangement for and method of processing data, especially for identifying and verifying airing of television broadcast programs
US5223924A (en) * 1992-05-27 1993-06-29 North American Philips Corporation System and method for automatically correlating user preferences with a T.V. program information database
US5223423A (en) * 1989-03-31 1993-06-29 United States Of America Characterization of replication competent human immunodeficiency type 2 proviral clone hiv-2sbl/isy
US5319445A (en) * 1992-09-08 1994-06-07 Fitts John M Hidden change distribution grating and use in 3D moire measurement sensors and CMM applications
US5325183A (en) * 1992-02-29 1994-06-28 Samsung Co., Ltd. OSD circuit for displaying advertising picture data
US5382983A (en) * 1993-07-29 1995-01-17 Kwoh; Daniel S. Apparatus and method for total parental control of television use
US5410326A (en) * 1992-12-04 1995-04-25 Goldstein; Steven W. Programmable remote control device for interacting with a plurality of remotely controlled devices
US5410344A (en) * 1993-09-22 1995-04-25 Arrowsmith Technologies, Inc. Apparatus and method of selecting video programs based on viewers' preferences
US5412720A (en) * 1990-09-28 1995-05-02 Ictv, Inc. Interactive home information system
US5414756A (en) * 1992-06-26 1995-05-09 Smart Vcr Limited Partnership Telephonically programmable apparatus
US5481296A (en) * 1993-08-06 1996-01-02 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for selectively viewing video information
US5483278A (en) * 1992-05-27 1996-01-09 Philips Electronics North America Corporation System and method for finding a movie of interest in a large movie database
US5485197A (en) * 1990-09-28 1996-01-16 Ictv, Inc. Carousel display
US5502504A (en) * 1994-04-28 1996-03-26 Prevue Networks, Inc. Video mix program guide
US5517257A (en) * 1995-03-28 1996-05-14 Microsoft Corporation Video control user interface for interactive television systems and method for controlling display of a video movie
US5524195A (en) * 1993-05-24 1996-06-04 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Graphical user interface for interactive television with an animated agent
US5523796A (en) * 1994-05-20 1996-06-04 Prevue Networks, Inc. Video clip program guide
US5528304A (en) * 1994-07-22 1996-06-18 Zenith Electronics Corp. Picture-in-picture feedback for channel related features
US5534911A (en) * 1994-11-02 1996-07-09 Levitan; Gutman Virtual personal channel in a television system
US5539449A (en) * 1993-05-03 1996-07-23 At&T Corp. Integrated television services system
US5541662A (en) * 1994-09-30 1996-07-30 Intel Corporation Content programmer control of video and data display using associated data
US5592551A (en) * 1992-12-01 1997-01-07 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing interactive electronic programming guide
US5594509A (en) * 1993-06-22 1997-01-14 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple levels of information on a display
US5596373A (en) * 1995-01-04 1997-01-21 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for providing program oriented information in a multiple station broadcast system
US5600364A (en) * 1992-12-09 1997-02-04 Discovery Communications, Inc. Network controller for cable television delivery systems
US5602582A (en) * 1994-11-22 1997-02-11 U S West Marketing Resources Group, Inc. Method and system for processing a request based on indexed digital video data
US5606374A (en) * 1995-05-31 1997-02-25 International Business Machines Corporation Video receiver display of menu overlaying video
US5617526A (en) * 1994-12-13 1997-04-01 Microsoft Corporation Operating system provided notification area for displaying visual notifications from application programs
US5619249A (en) * 1994-09-14 1997-04-08 Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. Telecasting service for providing video programs on demand with an interactive interface for facilitating viewer selection of video programs
US5623613A (en) * 1994-11-29 1997-04-22 Microsoft Corporation System for displaying programming information
US5630119A (en) * 1995-05-05 1997-05-13 Microsoft Corporation System and method for displaying program listings in an interactive electronic program guide
US5629733A (en) * 1994-11-29 1997-05-13 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with display and search of program listings by title
US5631995A (en) * 1993-04-01 1997-05-20 U.S. Philips Corporation Video recorder having circuitry for causing the tuner therein to tune to the same received signal as the tuner in a television receiver connected to the video recorder
US5635989A (en) * 1996-02-13 1997-06-03 Hughes Electronics Method and apparatus for sorting and searching a television program guide
US5635979A (en) * 1994-05-27 1997-06-03 Bell Atlantic Dynamically programmable digital entertainment terminal using downloaded software to control broadband data operations
US5640484A (en) * 1993-10-20 1997-06-17 E. Guide, Inc. Switch for automatic selection of television signal sources for delivery of television guide data
US5652615A (en) * 1995-06-30 1997-07-29 Digital Equipment Corporation Precision broadcast of composite programs including secondary program content such as advertisements
US5717452A (en) * 1993-09-09 1998-02-10 Alcatel N.V. Interactive control system for multiservice installations including a television program distribution server and a PABX
US5734893A (en) * 1995-09-28 1998-03-31 Ibm Corporation Progressive content-based retrieval of image and video with adaptive and iterative refinement
US5748191A (en) * 1995-07-31 1998-05-05 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for creating voice commands using an automatically maintained log interactions performed by a user
US5748732A (en) * 1995-02-08 1998-05-05 U.S. Philips Corporation Pay TV method and device which comprise master and slave decoders
US5752159A (en) * 1995-01-13 1998-05-12 U S West Technologies, Inc. Method for automatically collecting and delivering application event data in an interactive network
US5754771A (en) * 1996-02-12 1998-05-19 Sybase, Inc. Maximum receive capacity specifying query processing client/server system replying up to the capacity and sending the remainder upon subsequent request
US5754938A (en) * 1994-11-29 1998-05-19 Herz; Frederick S. M. Pseudonymous server for system for customized electronic identification of desirable objects
US5758259A (en) * 1995-08-31 1998-05-26 Microsoft Corporation Automated selective programming guide
US5760821A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-06-02 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic program guide schedule localization system and method
US5766528A (en) * 1997-02-14 1998-06-16 Northrop Grumman Corporation Ceramic tape formulations with green tape stability
US5778182A (en) * 1995-11-07 1998-07-07 At&T Corp. Usage management system
US5781246A (en) * 1993-09-09 1998-07-14 Alten; Jerry Electronic television program guide schedule system and method
US5787259A (en) * 1996-03-29 1998-07-28 Microsoft Corporation Digital interconnects of a PC with consumer electronics devices
US5867233A (en) * 1996-03-28 1999-02-02 Nec Corporation Active matrix liquid crystal display substrate with island structure covering break in signal bus line and method of producing same
US5880768A (en) * 1995-04-06 1999-03-09 Prevue Networks, Inc. Interactive program guide systems and processes
US5886732A (en) * 1995-11-22 1999-03-23 Samsung Information Systems America Set-top electronics and network interface unit arrangement
US5907323A (en) * 1995-05-05 1999-05-25 Microsoft Corporation Interactive program summary panel
US5914746A (en) * 1995-05-05 1999-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Virtual channels in subscriber interface units
US6012086A (en) * 1997-06-24 2000-01-04 Sony Corporation Internet event timer recording for video and/or audio
US6025869A (en) * 1995-01-05 2000-02-15 Music Corporation Video viewing supervision system
US6049823A (en) * 1995-10-04 2000-04-11 Hwang; Ivan Chung-Shung Multi server, interactive, video-on-demand television system utilizing a direct-access-on-demand workgroup
US6202211B1 (en) * 1998-02-06 2001-03-13 Henry R. Williams, Jr. Method and apparatus for providing television signals to multiple viewing systems on a network
US6208384B1 (en) * 1996-07-11 2001-03-27 Douglas G. Brown Methods and systems for providing information to a television using a personal computer
US6233734B1 (en) * 1995-01-05 2001-05-15 Videoguide, Inc. System and method for controlling the broadcast and recording of television programs and for distributing information to be displayed on a television screen
US6237049B1 (en) * 1998-01-06 2001-05-22 Sony Corporation Of Japan Method and system for defining and discovering proxy functionality on a distributed audio video network
US6263501B1 (en) * 1995-10-02 2001-07-17 Star Sight Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US6268849B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2001-07-31 United Video Properties, Inc. Internet television program guide system with embedded real-time data
US6357043B1 (en) * 1993-09-09 2002-03-12 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic television program guide with remote product ordering
US20020032907A1 (en) * 1993-03-29 2002-03-14 Daniels John J. Initiating record from an electronic programming schedule
US6388714B1 (en) * 1995-10-02 2002-05-14 Starsight Telecast Inc Interactive computer system for providing television schedule information
US20020095673A1 (en) * 1996-04-01 2002-07-18 Leung Wing P. Apparatus and method for parental control using V-Chip plus+ and master password
US6509908B1 (en) * 1998-05-13 2003-01-21 Clemens Croy Personal navigator system
US20030031465A1 (en) * 1996-09-03 2003-02-13 Starsight Telecast Incorporated Schedule system with enhanced recording capability
US6675385B1 (en) * 1998-10-21 2004-01-06 Liberate Technologies HTML electronic program guide for an MPEG digital TV system
US6701523B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2004-03-02 Index Systems, Inc. V-Chip plus+in-guide user interface apparatus and method for programmable blocking of television and other viewable programming, such as for parental control of a television receiver
US6732372B2 (en) * 1996-05-27 2004-05-04 Fujitsu Limited Transmission device and terminal device for automatic reception/recording of broadcast programs
US6760537B2 (en) * 1993-03-05 2004-07-06 Gemstar Development Corporation Apparatus and method for television program scheduling
US20050015804A1 (en) * 1997-02-19 2005-01-20 Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. Interactive television program guide display
US20050028208A1 (en) * 1998-07-17 2005-02-03 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US7224886B2 (en) * 1997-10-22 2007-05-29 Hitachi, Ltd. Method of using AV devices and AV device system

Family Cites Families (362)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US1959720A (en) * 1925-05-30 1934-05-22 Koczi Ludwig Device for tying packages
US4264924A (en) 1978-03-03 1981-04-28 Freeman Michael J Dedicated channel interactive cable television system
US4264925A (en) 1979-08-13 1981-04-28 Michael J. Freeman Interactive cable television system
US4355415A (en) 1980-04-29 1982-10-19 Rca Corporation Tuning mode arrangement useful for restricting channel selection to certain channels
US4965825A (en) 1981-11-03 1990-10-23 The Personalized Mass Media Corporation Signal processing apparatus and methods
US4694490A (en) 1981-11-03 1987-09-15 Harvey John C Signal processing apparatus and methods
DE3151492A1 (en) 1981-11-21 1983-07-07 Gorenje Körting Electronic GmbH & Co, 8217 Grassau Audio/video home system
US5508815A (en) 1981-12-14 1996-04-16 Smart Vcr Limited Partnership Schedule display system for video recorder programming
US5692214A (en) 1981-12-14 1997-11-25 Levine; Michael R. System for unattended recording of video programs by remote control code transmitter module which receives user selections from a personal computer
AU1104583A (en) 1981-12-19 1983-06-30 Frederick William Chard Method and apparatus for editing the output of a television
US4625080A (en) 1983-05-03 1986-11-25 Scott Michael M Remote video recorder programming apparatus operating over telephone lines
US4573072A (en) 1984-03-21 1986-02-25 Actv Inc. Method for expanding interactive CATV displayable choices for a given channel capacity
US4602279A (en) 1984-03-21 1986-07-22 Actv, Inc. Method for providing targeted profile interactive CATV displays
US4630108A (en) 1984-03-26 1986-12-16 A. C. Nielsen Company Preprogrammed over-the-air marketing research system
US4787063A (en) 1984-10-19 1988-11-22 Francis Muguet Acquisition and transmission system for a recorder and a computer center
US4965285A (en) 1984-11-20 1990-10-23 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Dibenzothiphene and naphthalenethiophene derivatives
US4706121B1 (en) 1985-07-12 1993-12-14 Insight Telecast, Inc. Tv schedule system and process
JPS62224178A (en) * 1986-03-26 1987-10-02 Harada Kogyo Kk Catv system for customer service installation
US4945563A (en) 1986-11-05 1990-07-31 Satellite Technology Services, Inc. Video system and method for controlled viewing and videotaping
US4761684A (en) 1986-11-14 1988-08-02 Video Jukebox Network Telephone access display system
US4847700A (en) 1987-07-16 1989-07-11 Actv, Inc. Interactive television system for providing full motion synched compatible audio/visual displays from transmitted television signals
US4847698A (en) 1987-07-16 1989-07-11 Actv, Inc. Interactive television system for providing full motion synched compatible audio/visual displays
US4920432A (en) * 1988-01-12 1990-04-24 Eggers Derek C System for random access to an audio video data library with independent selection and display at each of a plurality of remote locations
US5202915A (en) * 1988-07-01 1993-04-13 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Single line communication apparatus for speech and data and method therefor
US4977455B1 (en) 1988-07-15 1993-04-13 System and process for vcr scheduling
US5187589A (en) 1988-07-28 1993-02-16 Pioneer Electronic Corporation Multiprogram video tape recording and reproducing device
GB8824090D0 (en) 1988-10-14 1988-11-23 Tindall A P Video recording control device
US4857999A (en) 1988-12-20 1989-08-15 Peac Media Research, Inc. Video monitoring system
US5307173A (en) 1988-12-23 1994-04-26 Gemstar Development Corporation Apparatus and method using compressed codes for television program record scheduling
KR920003936B1 (en) 1988-12-31 1992-05-18 삼성전자 주식회사 Unpermitted use protecting method by character generating circuit of v.c.r.
US5016273A (en) 1989-01-09 1991-05-14 At&E Corporation Dual communication mode video tape recorder
JPH02264586A (en) 1989-04-04 1990-10-29 Pioneer Electron Corp Catv system and catv terminal equipment
US4959720A (en) 1989-04-06 1990-09-25 Rca Licensing Corporation Tuner control apparatus having tune-by-label capability
US5592482A (en) 1989-04-28 1997-01-07 Abraham; Charles Video distribution system using in-wall wiring
US4947244A (en) 1989-05-03 1990-08-07 On Command Video Corporation Video selection and distribution system
US5253066C1 (en) 1989-06-01 2001-05-22 United Video Properties Inc Tv recording and viewing control system
US5047867A (en) 1989-06-08 1991-09-10 North American Philips Corporation Interface for a TV-VCR system
US5038211A (en) 1989-07-05 1991-08-06 The Superguide Corporation Method and apparatus for transmitting and receiving television program information
GB8922702D0 (en) 1989-10-09 1989-11-22 Videologic Ltd Radio television receiver
US5155591A (en) 1989-10-23 1992-10-13 General Instrument Corporation Method and apparatus for providing demographically targeted television commercials
US5727060A (en) 1989-10-30 1998-03-10 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule system
EP1335594A3 (en) 1989-10-30 2003-09-10 Starsight Telecast, Inc. A system for unattended recording of television programs
US5353121A (en) 1989-10-30 1994-10-04 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule system
US5625464A (en) 1990-03-16 1997-04-29 Thomson Consumer Electronics Continuous television transmission reproduction and playback
US5068733A (en) 1990-03-20 1991-11-26 Bennett Richard H Multiple access television
US5225902A (en) 1990-03-20 1993-07-06 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Automatic frequency selection in a bi-directional cable television system
JP2811887B2 (en) 1990-03-27 1998-10-15 ソニー株式会社 Receiver
FR2665319B1 (en) 1990-07-30 1993-08-20 Cgv Comp Gen Videotech DEVICE FOR DISTRIBUTING VIDEO AND / OR AUDIO SIGNALS BETWEEN SEVERAL RECEIVERS.
CA2499757C (en) 1990-09-10 2006-05-02 Starsight Telecast, Inc. User interface for television schedule system
US5790198A (en) 1990-09-10 1998-08-04 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule information transmission and utilization system and process
US5619274A (en) 1990-09-10 1997-04-08 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule information transmission and utilization system and process
US5808608A (en) 1990-09-10 1998-09-15 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Background television schedule system
NL9002114A (en) 1990-09-19 1992-04-16 Koninkl Philips Electronics Nv IMAGE STORAGE SYSTEM.
USRE35954E (en) 1990-11-05 1998-11-10 Smart Vcr Limited Partnership VCR with cable tuner control
US5233423A (en) 1990-11-26 1993-08-03 North American Philips Corporation Embedded commericals within a television receiver using an integrated electronic billboard
US5282028A (en) 1990-11-27 1994-01-25 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Remote control for digital music terminal with synchronized communications
US5172413A (en) 1990-12-20 1992-12-15 Sasktel Secure hierarchial video delivery system and method
US5168353A (en) 1990-12-21 1992-12-01 Gte Laboratories Incorporated Video distribution system allowing viewer access to time staggered indentical prerecorded programs
US5253275A (en) 1991-01-07 1993-10-12 H. Lee Browne Audio and video transmission and receiving system
US6002720A (en) 1991-01-07 1999-12-14 H. Lee Browne, D/B/A Greenwich Information Technologies Llc Audio and video transmission and receiving system
KR0178536B1 (en) 1991-03-11 1999-04-15 강진구 Channel selecting method of relative program
US5241428A (en) 1991-03-12 1993-08-31 Goldwasser Eric P Variable-delay video recorder
GB2256115B (en) 1991-05-16 1995-05-17 Cabletime Ltd Cable television
WO1992022983A2 (en) * 1991-06-11 1992-12-23 Browne H Lee Large capacity, random access, multi-source recorder player
JP2547686B2 (en) * 1991-06-21 1996-10-23 三洋電機株式会社 Video signal processing circuit
US5283560A (en) 1991-06-25 1994-02-01 Digital Equipment Corporation Computer system and method for displaying images with superimposed partially transparent menus
US5210611A (en) 1991-08-12 1993-05-11 Keen Y. Yee Automatic tuning radio/TV using filtered seek
US5488409A (en) * 1991-08-19 1996-01-30 Yuen; Henry C. Apparatus and method for tracking the playing of VCR programs
US6091884A (en) 1991-08-19 2000-07-18 Index Systems, Inc. Enhancing operations of video tape cassette players
US5570415A (en) 1991-08-29 1996-10-29 Sasktel Video programming and storage control using the telephone network
US5416508A (en) 1991-10-22 1995-05-16 Pioneer Electronic Corporation CATV system with transmission of program schedules, linked program broadcasts, and permissive ordering periods
JP3004105B2 (en) 1991-11-15 2000-01-31 株式会社東芝 Television receiver
US5724091A (en) 1991-11-25 1998-03-03 Actv, Inc. Compressed digital data interactive program system
US5861881A (en) * 1991-11-25 1999-01-19 Actv, Inc. Interactive computer system for providing an interactive presentation with personalized video, audio and graphics responses for multiple viewers
US5988078A (en) 1991-12-04 1999-11-23 Gemstar Development Corp. Method and apparatus for receiving customized television programming information by transmitting geographic location to a service provider through a wide-area network
US5377317A (en) 1991-12-20 1994-12-27 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for distinctively displaying windows on a computer display screen
US7006881B1 (en) 1991-12-23 2006-02-28 Steven Hoffberg Media recording device with remote graphic user interface
US5953485A (en) 1992-02-07 1999-09-14 Abecassis; Max Method and system for maintaining audio during video control
US5610653A (en) 1992-02-07 1997-03-11 Abecassis; Max Method and system for automatically tracking a zoomed video image
JPH06296200A (en) 1992-02-14 1994-10-21 Hashimoto Corp Automatic control system for video tape recorder
JP3198486B2 (en) 1992-03-11 2001-08-13 ソニー株式会社 Monitor system for AV system
CA2094526C (en) 1992-07-22 1998-05-05 Ivan Eisen Method and apparatus for creating a multi-media footnote control in a video data
US5644354A (en) 1992-10-09 1997-07-01 Prevue Interactive, Inc. Interactive video system
US5371551A (en) 1992-10-29 1994-12-06 Logan; James Time delayed digital video system using concurrent recording and playback
GB2273025B (en) 1992-11-12 1997-03-26 Rockwell International Corp Automatic call distributor with a programmable data window display system and method
US5398074A (en) 1992-11-24 1995-03-14 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Programmable picture-outside-picture display
US5657414A (en) 1992-12-01 1997-08-12 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Auxiliary device control for a subscriber terminal
ATE219615T1 (en) 1992-12-09 2002-07-15 Discovery Communicat Inc NETWORK CONTROL FOR CABLE TELEVISION DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
US5659350A (en) 1992-12-09 1997-08-19 Discovery Communications, Inc. Operations center for a television program packaging and delivery system
US5798785A (en) 1992-12-09 1998-08-25 Discovery Communications, Inc. Terminal for suggesting programs offered on a television program delivery system
US7343614B1 (en) * 1992-12-09 2008-03-11 Sedna Patent Services, Llc Program delivery system for VOD
US7134131B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2006-11-07 Sedna Patent Services, Llc Digital broadcast program billing
US6463585B1 (en) 1992-12-09 2002-10-08 Discovery Communications, Inc. Targeted advertisement using television delivery systems
US5442389A (en) 1992-12-28 1995-08-15 At&T Corp. Program server for interactive television system
JP3193176B2 (en) 1993-03-05 2001-07-30 パイオニア株式会社 Two-way remote control system
US20020100052A1 (en) 1999-01-06 2002-07-25 Daniels John J. Methods for enabling near video-on-demand and video-on-request services using digital video recorders
US6973669B2 (en) 1993-03-29 2005-12-06 Microsoft Corporation Pausing television programming in response to selection of hypertext link
JP3353370B2 (en) 1993-04-02 2002-12-03 ソニー株式会社 Remote control device for recording / reproducing device and remote control method
US5812937B1 (en) 1993-04-08 2000-09-19 Digital Dj Inc Broadcast data system with multiple-tuner receiver
US6239794B1 (en) 1994-08-31 2001-05-29 E Guide, Inc. Method and system for simultaneously displaying a television program and information about the program
EP0627857B1 (en) 1993-06-03 1999-03-03 THOMSON multimedia Method for programming a recording device and programming device
US5485221A (en) 1993-06-07 1996-01-16 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Subscription television system and terminal for enabling simultaneous display of multiple services
US5917405A (en) 1993-06-08 1999-06-29 Joao; Raymond Anthony Control apparatus and methods for vehicles
US5621456A (en) 1993-06-22 1997-04-15 Apple Computer, Inc. Methods and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple program categories
US5583560A (en) 1993-06-22 1996-12-10 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the selective display of listing information on a display
US6463206B1 (en) 1993-07-29 2002-10-08 Gemstar Development Corporation Television and video cassette recorder system with an electronic program guide
DE69425198T2 (en) 1993-08-13 2001-03-15 Toshiba Kawasaki Kk Two way cable television system
US5589892A (en) 1993-09-09 1996-12-31 Knee; Robert A. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with data feed access
US5822123A (en) 1993-09-09 1998-10-13 Davis; Bruce Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with pop-up hints
US5585866A (en) 1993-09-09 1996-12-17 Miller; Larry Electronic television program guide schedule system and method including virtual channels
US6418556B1 (en) 1993-09-09 2002-07-09 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method
US5557724A (en) 1993-10-12 1996-09-17 Intel Corporation User interface, method, and apparatus selecting and playing channels having video, audio, and/or text streams
US6279029B1 (en) 1993-10-12 2001-08-21 Intel Corporation Server/client architecture and method for multicasting on a computer network
US5465113A (en) 1993-12-13 1995-11-07 At&T Corp. Programmable channel regulating cable television controller
US5689666A (en) 1994-01-27 1997-11-18 3M Method for handling obscured items on computer displays
US5579239A (en) 1994-02-16 1996-11-26 Freeman; Mitchael C. Remote video transmission system
JP3328046B2 (en) 1994-02-16 2002-09-24 富士通株式会社 Information receiving system
DE4405020C1 (en) 1994-02-17 1995-01-26 Inst Rundfunktechnik Gmbh Method for receiving data transmitted in a television signal
JP3500741B2 (en) 1994-03-01 2004-02-23 ソニー株式会社 Channel selection method and channel selection device for television broadcasting
US5570295A (en) 1994-03-18 1996-10-29 Lucent Technologies Inc. System and method of capturing encoded data transmitted over a communications network in a video system
US5537141A (en) 1994-04-15 1996-07-16 Actv, Inc. Distance learning system providing individual television participation, audio responses and memory for every student
US5485219A (en) 1994-04-18 1996-01-16 Depromax Limited Electric service to record transmissions without recording commercials
US5539822A (en) 1994-04-19 1996-07-23 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. System and method for subscriber interactivity in a television system
US5812205A (en) 1994-05-04 1998-09-22 Starsight Telecast Incorporated Automatic time set in a television system
US5550575A (en) 1994-05-04 1996-08-27 West; Brett Viewer discretion television program control system
KR100348915B1 (en) 1994-05-12 2002-12-26 마이크로소프트 코포레이션 TV program selection method and system
US5559548A (en) 1994-05-20 1996-09-24 Davis; Bruce System and method for generating an information display schedule for an electronic program guide
US5635978A (en) 1994-05-20 1997-06-03 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic television program guide channel system and method
US5666293A (en) 1994-05-27 1997-09-09 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Downloading operating system software through a broadcast channel
US5583561A (en) 1994-06-07 1996-12-10 Unisys Corporation Multi-cast digital video data server using synchronization groups
US5459522A (en) 1994-06-10 1995-10-17 Zenith Electronics Corporation Method for acquisition and display of an on-screen program guide
US5624265A (en) 1994-07-01 1997-04-29 Tv Interactive Data Corporation Printed publication remote contol for accessing interactive media
US5572442A (en) 1994-07-21 1996-11-05 Information Highway Media Corporation System for distributing subscription and on-demand audio programming
US5515098A (en) 1994-09-08 1996-05-07 Carles; John B. System and method for selectively distributing commercial messages over a communications network
US5742905A (en) 1994-09-19 1998-04-21 Bell Communications Research, Inc. Personal communications internetworking
US5632007A (en) 1994-09-23 1997-05-20 Actv, Inc. Interactive system and method for offering expert based interactive programs
JP3644455B2 (en) 1994-09-29 2005-04-27 ソニー株式会社 Program information broadcasting system, program information display method and receiving apparatus
US5920842A (en) 1994-10-12 1999-07-06 Pixel Instruments Signal synchronization
ES2196087T3 (en) 1994-10-27 2003-12-16 Index Systems Inc SYSTEM AND METHOD FOR DOWNLOADING PROGRAMMING DATA FROM A RECORDER ON A VIDEO SIGNAL.
US5576755A (en) 1994-10-28 1996-11-19 Davis; Bruce System and method for verification of electronic television program guide data
DE4440174C2 (en) 1994-11-10 1999-12-16 Elektronik Gmbh P Lab TV control
US5867205A (en) * 1994-11-14 1999-02-02 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling video/audio and channel selection for a communication signal based on textual information indicative of channel contents of a signal
WO1996017306A2 (en) 1994-11-21 1996-06-06 Oracle Corporation Media server
US6571279B1 (en) 1997-12-05 2003-05-27 Pinpoint Incorporated Location enhanced information delivery system
US6005561A (en) 1994-12-14 1999-12-21 The 3Do Company Interactive information delivery system
DE69531599T2 (en) 1994-12-20 2004-06-24 Sun Microsystems, Inc., Mountain View Method and device for finding and obtaining personalized information
US5625406A (en) * 1994-12-21 1997-04-29 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Unified program guide interface
US5659367A (en) 1994-12-30 1997-08-19 Index Systems, Inc. Television on/off detector for use in a video cassette recorder
US5774859A (en) 1995-01-03 1998-06-30 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Information system having a speech interface
US5583563A (en) 1995-01-12 1996-12-10 Us West Marketing Resources Group, Inc. Method and system for delivering an application in an interactive television network
US5619247A (en) 1995-02-24 1997-04-08 Smart Vcr Limited Partnership Stored program pay-per-play
US5559550A (en) 1995-03-01 1996-09-24 Gemstar Development Corporation Apparatus and methods for synchronizing a clock to a network clock
US5654886A (en) 1995-03-14 1997-08-05 Wsi Corporation Multimedia outdoor information system
US5710884A (en) 1995-03-29 1998-01-20 Intel Corporation System for automatically updating personal profile server with updates to additional user information gathered from monitoring user's electronic consuming habits generated on computer during use
JP3372004B2 (en) 1995-03-31 2003-01-27 ソニー株式会社 Electronic program guide device, electronic program guide system, and electronic program guide method
US5557338A (en) 1995-04-05 1996-09-17 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Television receiver using received channel guide information and a secondary video signal processor for displaying secondary channel information
US8539528B2 (en) 1995-04-17 2013-09-17 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Multi-source switching in a television system
US5550576A (en) * 1995-04-17 1996-08-27 Starsight Telecast Incorporated Method and apparatus for merging television program schedule information received from multiple television schedule information sources
US5828945A (en) * 1995-04-17 1998-10-27 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Merging multi-source information in a television system
US6321208B1 (en) 1995-04-19 2001-11-20 Brightstreet.Com, Inc. Method and system for electronic distribution of product redemption coupons
US5818438A (en) 1995-04-25 1998-10-06 Bellsouth Corporation System and method for providing television services
US5666645A (en) 1995-04-26 1997-09-09 News America Publications, Inc. Data management and distribution system and method for an electronic television program guide
JPH08307942A (en) 1995-05-02 1996-11-22 Sony Corp Cordless telephone set, electronic apparatus and program selecting method
US5585838A (en) 1995-05-05 1996-12-17 Microsoft Corporation Program time guide
US5805763A (en) 1995-05-05 1998-09-08 Microsoft Corporation System and method for automatically recording programs in an interactive viewing system
US5654748A (en) 1995-05-05 1997-08-05 Microsoft Corporation Interactive program identification system
US5699107A (en) 1995-05-05 1997-12-16 Microsoft Corporation Program reminder system
MY112755A (en) 1995-06-06 2001-08-30 Sony Corp Information data reproducing system, reproducing apparatus, reproducing method, data forming apparatus and data record medium
US5696824A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-12-09 E-Comm Incorporated System for detecting unauthorized account access
US5793964A (en) 1995-06-07 1998-08-11 International Business Machines Corporation Web browser system
US5652613A (en) 1995-06-07 1997-07-29 Lazarus; David Beryl Intelligent electronic program guide memory management system and method
US5751282A (en) 1995-06-13 1998-05-12 Microsoft Corporation System and method for calling video on demand using an electronic programming guide
FR2736783B1 (en) 1995-07-13 1997-08-14 Thomson Multimedia Sa METHOD AND APPARATUS FOR RECORDING AND PLAYBACK WITH LARGE CAPACITY RECORDING MEDIUM
US5867223A (en) 1995-07-17 1999-02-02 Gateway 2000, Inc. System for assigning multichannel audio signals to independent wireless audio output devices
US5650831A (en) 1995-07-17 1997-07-22 Gateway 2000, Inc. Adjustable power remote control drive
US5995155A (en) 1995-07-17 1999-11-30 Gateway 2000, Inc. Database navigation system for a home entertainment system
US5675390A (en) 1995-07-17 1997-10-07 Gateway 2000, Inc. Home entertainment system combining complex processor capability with a high quality display
US5801753A (en) 1995-08-11 1998-09-01 General Instrument Corporation Of Delaware Method and apparatus for providing an interactive guide to events available on an information network
DE19531121A1 (en) 1995-08-24 1997-02-27 Olaf Bostroem Technical service system with remotely updated system software
US5655214A (en) 1995-09-07 1997-08-05 Amulet Electronics Limited Television broadcast distribution systems comprising base station with a tuner and computer outstations
US5682206A (en) 1995-09-25 1997-10-28 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Consumer interface for programming device
US5694163A (en) 1995-09-28 1997-12-02 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for viewing of on-line information service chat data incorporated in a broadcast television program
WO1997012486A1 (en) 1995-09-29 1997-04-03 Boston Technology, Inc. Multimedia architecture for interactive advertising
WO1997013368A1 (en) 1995-10-02 1997-04-10 Starsight Telecast, Incorporated Systems and methods for providing television schedule information
US6323911B1 (en) 1995-10-02 2001-11-27 Starsight Telecast, Inc. System and method for using television schedule information
US8850477B2 (en) * 1995-10-02 2014-09-30 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US6067564A (en) * 1995-10-31 2000-05-23 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Pay broadcasting receiver apparatus
US5781226A (en) 1995-11-13 1998-07-14 General Instrument Corporation Of Delaware Network virtual memory for a cable television settop terminal
US5802526A (en) 1995-11-15 1998-09-01 Microsoft Corporation System and method for graphically displaying and navigating through an interactive voice response menu
US6157413A (en) 1995-11-20 2000-12-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive special events video signal navigation system
KR100387709B1 (en) 1995-11-22 2003-10-04 삼성전자주식회사 Home multimedia network architecture
US5819019A (en) 1995-12-01 1998-10-06 Silicon Graphics, Inc. System/method for recovering network resources in a distributed environment, via registered callbacks
US5802284A (en) 1995-12-13 1998-09-01 Silicon Graphics, Inc. System and method using cover bundles to provide immediate feedback to a user in an interactive television environment
US5805806A (en) 1995-12-18 1998-09-08 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for providing interactive networking between televisions and personal computers
JP4079462B2 (en) 1996-01-10 2008-04-23 ソニー株式会社 Program selection support device, program selection support method, broadcast reception device, broadcast reception method, broadcast transmission device, broadcast transmission method, broadcast transmission / reception device, and broadcast transmission / reception method
US5710605A (en) 1996-01-11 1998-01-20 Nelson; Rickey D. Remote control unit for controlling a television and videocassette recorder with a display for allowing a user to select between various programming schedules
US6009465A (en) 1996-01-22 1999-12-28 Svi Systems, Inc. Entertainment and information systems and related management networks for a remote video delivery system
KR100319953B1 (en) 1996-02-02 2002-02-19 크리트먼 어윈 엠 System and method for interfacing multiple electronic devices
US5838314A (en) 1996-02-21 1998-11-17 Message Partners Digital video services system with optional interactive advertisement capabilities
CA2195260A1 (en) 1996-02-22 1997-08-22 Marc Andrew Levy Remote control of videocassette recorder operations over telephone lines
US6286142B1 (en) 1996-02-23 2001-09-04 Alcatel Usa, Inc. Method and system for communicating video signals to a plurality of television sets
CN1096796C (en) 1996-02-23 2002-12-18 E盖德公司 Two-way interactive television system
DE19610068C2 (en) 1996-03-14 1998-08-13 Siemens Ag Method for providing a cable system in the home
US5959592A (en) 1996-03-18 1999-09-28 Echostar Engineering Corporation "IF" bandstacked low noise block converter combined with diplexer
US6005631A (en) 1996-03-28 1999-12-21 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Methods and apparatus for organizing and searching an electronic programming guide
US5666498A (en) 1996-03-29 1997-09-09 International Business Machines Corporation Method, memory and apparatus for automatically resizing a window
US5884298A (en) * 1996-03-29 1999-03-16 Cygnet Storage Solutions, Inc. Method for accessing and updating a library of optical discs
US6240555B1 (en) * 1996-03-29 2001-05-29 Microsoft Corporation Interactive entertainment system for presenting supplemental interactive content together with continuous video programs
US6025837A (en) * 1996-03-29 2000-02-15 Micrsoft Corporation Electronic program guide with hyperlinks to target resources
US5867799A (en) 1996-04-04 1999-02-02 Lang; Andrew K. Information system and method for filtering a massive flow of information entities to meet user information classification needs
US5657072A (en) 1996-04-10 1997-08-12 Microsoft Corporation Interactive entertainment network system and method for providing program listings during non-peak times
EP0897242B1 (en) 1996-04-30 2005-03-23 SANYO ELECTRIC Co., Ltd. Program guide display controller and television receiver
JP3911047B2 (en) 1996-04-30 2007-05-09 ソニー株式会社 Recording reservation control system and recording reservation control method
US6469753B1 (en) 1996-05-03 2002-10-22 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Information system
US5790202A (en) 1996-05-15 1998-08-04 Echostar Communications Corporation Integration of off-air and satellite TV tuners in a direct broadcast system
US5768528A (en) 1996-05-24 1998-06-16 V-Cast, Inc. Client-server system for delivery of online information
JP3299547B2 (en) 1996-05-24 2002-07-08 株式会社日立製作所 Partial discharge detector for gas insulated equipment
US5969748A (en) 1996-05-29 1999-10-19 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule system with access control
US6160988A (en) 1996-05-30 2000-12-12 Electronic Data Systems Corporation System and method for managing hardware to control transmission and reception of video broadcasts
US5923848A (en) 1996-05-31 1999-07-13 Microsoft Corporation System and method for resolving names in an electronic messaging environment
CN1201536C (en) 1996-06-04 2005-05-11 艾利森电话股份有限公司 Access network over shared medium
US5945988A (en) 1996-06-06 1999-08-31 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for automatically determining and dynamically updating user preferences in an entertainment system
US6157411A (en) * 1996-06-14 2000-12-05 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for compiling a repository of entertainment system data from multiple sources
US5801787A (en) * 1996-06-14 1998-09-01 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Television schedule system and method of operation for multiple program occurrences
PT932398E (en) 1996-06-28 2006-09-29 Ortho Mcneil Pharm Inc USE OF THE SURFACE OR ITS DERIVATIVES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF A MEDICINAL PRODUCT FOR THE TREATMENT OF MANIAC-DEPRESSIVE BIPOLAR DISTURBLES
EP1271940B1 (en) * 1996-08-02 2007-03-28 SANYO ELECTRIC Co., Ltd. Internet information displaying apparatus
US6622304B1 (en) 1996-09-09 2003-09-16 Thomas W. Carhart Interface system for computing apparatus and communications stations
US5926624A (en) 1996-09-12 1999-07-20 Audible, Inc. Digital information library and delivery system with logic for generating files targeted to the playback device
US6133910A (en) 1996-09-20 2000-10-17 Echostar Engineering Corp. Apparatus and method for integrating a plurality of video sources
US6172677B1 (en) 1996-10-07 2001-01-09 Compaq Computer Corporation Integrated content guide for interactive selection of content and services on personal computer systems with multiple sources and multiple media presentation
EP0836320B1 (en) 1996-10-08 2006-03-22 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Information receiving method and information receiving apparatus using the same method
JP4032402B2 (en) 1996-10-14 2008-01-16 ソニー株式会社 Information providing apparatus and method, display control apparatus and method, information providing system
US5907322A (en) 1996-10-16 1999-05-25 Catch Tv Acquisition Corp. Television event marking system
US20030005463A1 (en) 1999-09-30 2003-01-02 Douglas B Macrae Access to internet data through a television system
JP3528480B2 (en) 1996-11-19 2004-05-17 ソニー株式会社 EPG device and control method thereof
JP3658896B2 (en) 1996-11-26 2005-06-08 ソニー株式会社 Information signal transmission system, playback device and display device
US5940572A (en) 1996-11-27 1999-08-17 Daewoo Electronics Co. Ltd. Integrated television and video cassette recorder system
US6263507B1 (en) 1996-12-05 2001-07-17 Interval Research Corporation Browser for use in navigating a body of information, with particular application to browsing information represented by audiovisual data
US6057890A (en) 1996-12-12 2000-05-02 Echostar Engineering Corp. User interface for television schedule system in which the future events are paged in time
US5771275A (en) 1996-12-17 1998-06-23 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Use of ISDN to provide wireless office environment connection to the public land mobile network
US5982411A (en) * 1996-12-18 1999-11-09 General Instrument Corporation Navigation among grouped television channels
US6177931B1 (en) 1996-12-19 2001-01-23 Index Systems, Inc. Systems and methods for displaying and recording control interface with television programs, video, advertising information and program scheduling information
US6687906B1 (en) 1996-12-19 2004-02-03 Index Systems, Inc. EPG with advertising inserts
US5991799A (en) 1996-12-20 1999-11-23 Liberate Technologies Information retrieval system using an internet multiplexer to focus user selection
US6163316A (en) 1997-01-03 2000-12-19 Texas Instruments Incorporated Electronic programming system and method
US6208335B1 (en) 1997-01-13 2001-03-27 Diva Systems Corporation Method and apparatus for providing a menu structure for an interactive information distribution system
US5819156A (en) 1997-01-14 1998-10-06 Compaq Computer Corp. PC/TV usage tracking and reporting device
US6020880A (en) 1997-02-05 2000-02-01 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for providing electronic program guide information from a single electronic program guide server
CA2229904C (en) 1997-02-19 2006-10-24 Next Level Communications In-home wireless
BR9807698A (en) 1997-02-19 2000-05-02 Next Level Communications L P Process of distributing video signals from a residential gate in a residential setting having at least two televisions in separate rooms and a residential gate to distribute video signals to multiple rooms in a residential setting.
US6035339A (en) 1997-03-13 2000-03-07 At&T Corporation Network information delivery system for delivering information based on end user terminal requirements
JPH10261251A (en) 1997-03-18 1998-09-29 Sony Corp Receiver, receiving method, transmitter, transmitting method, transmitter/receiver and transmitting/receiving method
US5796952A (en) 1997-03-21 1998-08-18 Dot Com Development, Inc. Method and apparatus for tracking client interaction with a network resource and creating client profiles and resource database
DE69737366T2 (en) * 1997-03-21 2007-11-29 Hitachi, Ltd. ELECTRONIC DEVICE, METHOD FOR USE OF THE DEVICE AND SYSTEM WITH THE DEVICE
US8769598B2 (en) 1997-03-24 2014-07-01 Logitech Europe S.A. Program guide on a remote control
US6002450A (en) 1997-03-24 1999-12-14 Evolve Products, Inc. Two-way remote control with advertising display
US6130726A (en) 1997-03-24 2000-10-10 Evolve Products, Inc. Program guide on a remote control display
GB2325537B8 (en) 1997-03-31 2000-01-31 Microsoft Corp Query-based electronic program guide
US6564383B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2003-05-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for interactively capturing organizing and presenting information generated from television programs to viewers
US5805155A (en) 1997-04-15 1998-09-08 Time Warner Entertainment Co. L.P. Time Warner Cable Virtual assets in an interactive television cable system
JP3491665B2 (en) 1997-04-16 2004-01-26 ソニー株式会社 Remote control device and remote control method
WO1998047279A2 (en) 1997-04-16 1998-10-22 Starsight Telecast, Incorporated Multiple database, user-choice-compiled program and event guide
US6208799B1 (en) 1997-04-29 2001-03-27 Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. VCR recording timeslot adjustment
US6292624B1 (en) 1997-05-13 2001-09-18 Sony Corporation System and method for selection/deselection of timer recording
US6009153A (en) 1997-05-23 1999-12-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Electronic devices and programming methods therefor
US5956025A (en) 1997-06-09 1999-09-21 Philips Electronics North America Corporation Remote with 3D organized GUI for a home entertainment system
US20030040962A1 (en) 1997-06-12 2003-02-27 Lewis William H. System and data management and on-demand rental and purchase of digital data products
CN101494646B (en) 1997-06-25 2013-10-02 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for home network auto-tree builder
US6057872A (en) 1997-07-09 2000-05-02 General Instrument Corporation Digital coupons for pay televisions
US5990885A (en) 1997-07-29 1999-11-23 Network Machines, Inc. Personalized services, including a personal presence, for customers based upon collected personal preferences
US6172674B1 (en) 1997-08-25 2001-01-09 Liberate Technologies Smart filtering
US6310886B1 (en) 1997-08-28 2001-10-30 Tivo, Inc. Method and apparatus implementing a multimedia digital network
US6141488A (en) 1997-09-05 2000-10-31 United Video Properties, Inc. Program guide system for recording television programs
EP0901261B1 (en) 1997-09-05 2013-01-09 Hitachi, Ltd. Transport protocol conversion method and protocol conversion equipment
DE19740079B4 (en) 1997-09-12 2004-07-01 Ciburski, Guido Method for remote control of video recorders from the Internet
JP3601950B2 (en) 1997-09-16 2004-12-15 株式会社東芝 Communication device and network information presentation method
US20020057892A1 (en) 1997-09-30 2002-05-16 Yoshizumi Mano Video recording device including the ability to concurrently record and playback
US6327418B1 (en) 1997-10-10 2001-12-04 Tivo Inc. Method and apparatus implementing random access and time-based functions on a continuous stream of formatted digital data
US5963264A (en) 1997-10-30 1999-10-05 Echostar Engineering Corporation Selecting a digital television program and the control of a non-attached recording device
US6298482B1 (en) 1997-11-12 2001-10-02 International Business Machines Corporation System for two-way digital multimedia broadcast and interactive services
US6236978B1 (en) 1997-11-14 2001-05-22 New York University System and method for dynamic profiling of users in one-to-one applications
US5973683A (en) 1997-11-24 1999-10-26 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic regulation of television viewing content based on viewer profile and viewing history
US6212327B1 (en) * 1997-11-24 2001-04-03 International Business Machines Corporation Controlling record/playback devices with a computer
US6104334A (en) 1997-12-31 2000-08-15 Eremote, Inc. Portable internet-enabled controller and information browser for consumer devices
US6097441A (en) 1997-12-31 2000-08-01 Eremote, Inc. System for dual-display interaction with integrated television and internet content
US7152236B1 (en) 1998-01-05 2006-12-19 Gateway Inc. Integration of internet sources into an electronic program database list
US6704028B2 (en) 1998-01-05 2004-03-09 Gateway, Inc. System for using a channel and event overlay for invoking channel and event related functions
US6545722B1 (en) 1998-01-09 2003-04-08 Douglas G. Brown Methods and systems for providing television related services via a networked personal computer
US6445398B1 (en) 1998-02-04 2002-09-03 Corporate Media Partners Method and system for providing user interface for electronic program guide
US7185355B1 (en) * 1998-03-04 2007-02-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Program guide system with preference profiles
US6064980A (en) 1998-03-17 2000-05-16 Amazon.Com, Inc. System and methods for collaborative recommendations
US6788882B1 (en) 1998-04-17 2004-09-07 Timesurf, L.L.C. Systems and methods for storing a plurality of video streams on re-writable random-access media and time-and channel- based retrieval thereof
US20040194138A1 (en) 1998-04-30 2004-09-30 Prevue Networks, Inc. Program guide system with targeted advertisements based on function buttons and non-programming options
US6133912A (en) 1998-05-04 2000-10-17 Montero; Frank J. Method of delivering information over a communication network
US6219839B1 (en) 1998-05-12 2001-04-17 Sharp Laboratories Of America, Inc. On-screen electronic resources guide
US20020013941A1 (en) 1998-05-13 2002-01-31 Thomas E. Ward V-chip plus +: in-guide user interface apparatus and method
US7343616B1 (en) 1998-05-14 2008-03-11 Sony Corporation Information retrieval method and apparatus
US7117518B1 (en) 1998-05-14 2006-10-03 Sony Corporation Information retrieval method and apparatus
SE521209C2 (en) * 1998-06-05 2003-10-14 Ericsson Telefon Ab L M Device and method of use in a virtual environment
US20050204388A1 (en) * 1998-06-11 2005-09-15 Knudson Edward B. Series reminders and series recording from an interactive television program guide
US6530083B1 (en) 1998-06-19 2003-03-04 Gateway, Inc System for personalized settings
US7013339B2 (en) 1998-07-06 2006-03-14 Sony Corporation Method to control a network device in a network comprising several devices
US20010026533A1 (en) 1998-07-06 2001-10-04 Andreas Schwager Method to perform a scheduled action of network devices
CN1867068A (en) 1998-07-14 2006-11-22 联合视频制品公司 Client-server based interactive television program guide system with remote server recording
EP1099339B1 (en) 1998-07-17 2002-10-09 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide having multiple devices at one location
ES2444642T3 (en) 1998-07-17 2014-02-26 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US6505348B1 (en) 1998-07-29 2003-01-07 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
US6233389B1 (en) 1998-07-30 2001-05-15 Tivo, Inc. Multimedia time warping system
US6324338B1 (en) 1998-08-07 2001-11-27 Replaytv, Inc. Video data recorder with integrated channel guides
US6434524B1 (en) 1998-09-09 2002-08-13 One Voice Technologies, Inc. Object interactive user interface using speech recognition and natural language processing
US6437836B1 (en) 1998-09-21 2002-08-20 Navispace, Inc. Extended functionally remote control system and method therefore
US6317881B1 (en) 1998-11-04 2001-11-13 Intel Corporation Method and apparatus for collecting and providing viewer feedback to a broadcast
US7260823B2 (en) 2001-01-11 2007-08-21 Prime Research Alliance E., Inc. Profiling and identification of television viewers
JP2000184320A (en) 1998-12-11 2000-06-30 Nec Corp Recording and reproducing device and display device for electronic program guide
US20030131356A1 (en) 1998-12-21 2003-07-10 Andrew M. Proehl Method and apparatus for notification on a broadcast device
US6169543B1 (en) * 1998-12-28 2001-01-02 Thomson Licensing S.A. System and method for customizing program guide information to include reminder item or local identifier
US6564005B1 (en) 1999-01-28 2003-05-13 International Business Machines Corporation Multi-user video hard disk recorder
US6611654B1 (en) 1999-04-01 2003-08-26 Koninklijke Philips Electronics Nv Time- and location-driven personalized TV
US6486892B1 (en) 1999-04-07 2002-11-26 Joseph L. Stern System and method for accessing, manipulating and viewing internet and non-internet related information and for controlling networked devices
US6721954B1 (en) 1999-06-23 2004-04-13 Gateway, Inc. Personal preferred viewing using electronic program guide
US6326982B1 (en) 1999-06-24 2001-12-04 Enreach Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for automatically accessing web pages based on television programming information
US6192340B1 (en) * 1999-10-19 2001-02-20 Max Abecassis Integration of music from a personal library with real-time information
US6727914B1 (en) 1999-12-17 2004-04-27 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Method and apparatus for recommending television programming using decision trees
US6934964B1 (en) 2000-02-08 2005-08-23 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Electronic program guide viewing history generator method and system
US6670971B1 (en) 2000-05-11 2003-12-30 Onder Uzel Internet television system and method with user selectable genres and schedule
US20020059610A1 (en) * 2000-05-23 2002-05-16 Ellis Michael D. Interactive television application with watch lists
US8495679B2 (en) * 2000-06-30 2013-07-23 Thomson Licensing Method and apparatus for delivery of television programs and targeted de-coupled advertising
JP2002044555A (en) 2000-07-28 2002-02-08 Sony Corp Information display controller and its method
US6886020B1 (en) 2000-08-17 2005-04-26 Emc Corporation Method and apparatus for storage system metrics management and archive
JP3643759B2 (en) * 2000-09-01 2005-04-27 三洋電機株式会社 Deflection yoke
US6728642B2 (en) * 2001-03-29 2004-04-27 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Method of non-linear analysis of biological sequence data
US6947935B1 (en) 2001-04-04 2005-09-20 Microsoft Corporation Training, inference and user interface for guiding the caching of media content on local stores
US20030084461A1 (en) * 2001-10-25 2003-05-01 Khoi Hoang Method and apparatus for transmitting non-VOD services
US20020174424A1 (en) 2001-05-21 2002-11-21 Chang Matthew S. Apparatus and method for providing an indication of program(s) and/or activities
US20020194596A1 (en) 2001-06-18 2002-12-19 Srivastava Gopal K. Control of multiple AV-devices by a single master controller using infrared transmitted commands and bus transmitted commands
US7281261B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2007-10-09 Microsoft Corporation Remotely accessing and programming a set top box
US6760667B1 (en) * 2001-09-14 2004-07-06 Emerald Geoscience Research Corporation Method for generating P-S and S-S seismic data and attributes from P-P seismic data
DE10154564A1 (en) * 2001-11-07 2003-05-22 Conti Temic Microelectronic Procedure for determining the angular position of a rotor
US20030093329A1 (en) * 2001-11-13 2003-05-15 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Method and apparatus for recommending items of interest based on preferences of a selected third party
US6744967B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2004-06-01 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Program position user interface for personal video recording time shift buffer
US7084780B2 (en) 2002-02-05 2006-08-01 Nvidia Corporation Remote control device for use with a personal computer (PC) and multiple A/V devices and method of use
US6927806B2 (en) 2002-02-21 2005-08-09 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Systems, methods and apparatuses for minimizing subscriber-perceived digital video channel tuning delay
US7774816B2 (en) 2002-04-23 2010-08-10 Rovi Technologies Corporation Conflict manager for a video recorder
US7899915B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2011-03-01 Richard Reisman Method and apparatus for browsing using multiple coordinated device sets
US9172915B2 (en) 2004-08-04 2015-10-27 Dizpersion Corporation Method of operating a channel recommendation system
US20040003413A1 (en) * 2002-06-27 2004-01-01 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for priority sponsorship of multimedia content
US20040147265A1 (en) 2002-07-23 2004-07-29 Mark Kelley System and method for an adaptive user communications device
US20040098744A1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-05-20 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Creation of a stereotypical profile via image based clustering
JP2006510270A (en) 2002-12-10 2006-03-23 コーニンクレッカ　フィリップス　エレクトロニクス　エヌ　ヴィ Selective access to profile space
KR100577360B1 (en) 2003-09-09 2006-05-10 삼성전자주식회사 Recommended program sharing device using digital set top box and recommended program sharing method thereof
US20050120003A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2005-06-02 Drury William J. Method for maintaining a record of searches and results
JP4124115B2 (en) 2003-12-02 2008-07-23 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and computer program
US20050132405A1 (en) 2003-12-15 2005-06-16 Microsoft Corporation Home network media server with a jukebox for enhanced user experience
EP1545132A1 (en) 2003-12-19 2005-06-22 Alcatel An interactive digital television broadcast system
WO2005091626A1 (en) 2004-03-22 2005-09-29 Jung-In Choi System and method for providing personal broadcast recording channel service using extensible markup language (xml)
US20060064720A1 (en) * 2004-04-30 2006-03-23 Vulcan Inc. Controlling one or more media devices
JP3978197B2 (en) 2004-05-31 2007-09-19 株式会社日立製作所 Recorder with dubbing function
US20060112410A1 (en) * 2004-11-23 2006-05-25 Christopher Poli Method and apparatus for presenting on-demand event records
US20060136966A1 (en) 2004-12-22 2006-06-22 Folk Robert H Ii Digital video recorder for recording missed program episodes and for resolving scheduling conflicts between programs to be recorded
US20070067738A1 (en) 2005-09-16 2007-03-22 Microsoft Corporation Extensible, filtered lists for mobile device user interface
US20070157242A1 (en) 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US8087047B2 (en) 2007-04-20 2011-12-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications

Patent Citations (100)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US577859A (en) * 1897-03-02 Fender for cars
US4429385A (en) * 1981-12-31 1984-01-31 American Newspaper Publishers Association Method and apparatus for digital serial scanning with hierarchical and relational access
US4751578A (en) * 1985-05-28 1988-06-14 David P. Gordon System for electronically controllably viewing on a television updateable television programming information
US4718107A (en) * 1986-02-14 1988-01-05 Rca Corporation Parental control for CATV converters
US5089885A (en) * 1986-11-14 1992-02-18 Video Jukebox Network, Inc. Telephone access display system with remote monitoring
US4908707A (en) * 1987-07-20 1990-03-13 U.S. Philips Corp. Video cassette recorder programming via teletext transmissions
US4930158A (en) * 1987-09-02 1990-05-29 Vogel Peter S Selective video playing system
US5036314A (en) * 1988-01-12 1991-07-30 Sarin S.S. Ausiliari E Ricerca Informatica Method and system for the integrated supply of telematic services and graphic information to user terminals, particularly for advertising purposes
US5109279A (en) * 1988-03-28 1992-04-28 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Television receiver with teletext receiving function and a method for superimposing a teletext picture on a television picture
US4994908A (en) * 1988-12-23 1991-02-19 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Interactive room status/time information system
US5001554A (en) * 1988-12-23 1991-03-19 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Terminal authorization method
US5223423A (en) * 1989-03-31 1993-06-29 United States Of America Characterization of replication competent human immunodeficiency type 2 proviral clone hiv-2sbl/isy
US5105184A (en) * 1989-11-09 1992-04-14 Noorali Pirani Methods for displaying and integrating commercial advertisements with computer software
US5105184B1 (en) * 1989-11-09 1997-06-17 Noorali Pirani Methods for displaying and integrating commercial advertisements with computer software
US5113259A (en) * 1990-04-19 1992-05-12 Thomson Consumer Electronics, Inc. Data transfer from an external computer to a television receiver having picture-in-picture capability
US5485197A (en) * 1990-09-28 1996-01-16 Ictv, Inc. Carousel display
US5412720A (en) * 1990-09-28 1995-05-02 Ictv, Inc. Interactive home information system
US5132992A (en) * 1991-01-07 1992-07-21 Paul Yurt Audio and video transmission and receiving system
US5134719A (en) * 1991-02-19 1992-07-28 Mankovitz Roy J Apparatus and methods for identifying broadcast audio program selections in an FM stereo broadcast system
US5200822A (en) * 1991-04-23 1993-04-06 National Broadcasting Company, Inc. Arrangement for and method of processing data, especially for identifying and verifying airing of television broadcast programs
US5325183A (en) * 1992-02-29 1994-06-28 Samsung Co., Ltd. OSD circuit for displaying advertising picture data
US5223924A (en) * 1992-05-27 1993-06-29 North American Philips Corporation System and method for automatically correlating user preferences with a T.V. program information database
US5483278A (en) * 1992-05-27 1996-01-09 Philips Electronics North America Corporation System and method for finding a movie of interest in a large movie database
US5414756A (en) * 1992-06-26 1995-05-09 Smart Vcr Limited Partnership Telephonically programmable apparatus
US5748716A (en) * 1992-06-26 1998-05-05 Smart Vcr Limited Partnership Telephonically programmable apparatus
US5319445A (en) * 1992-09-08 1994-06-07 Fitts John M Hidden change distribution grating and use in 3D moire measurement sensors and CMM applications
US5592551A (en) * 1992-12-01 1997-01-07 Scientific-Atlanta, Inc. Method and apparatus for providing interactive electronic programming guide
US5410326A (en) * 1992-12-04 1995-04-25 Goldstein; Steven W. Programmable remote control device for interacting with a plurality of remotely controlled devices
US5600364A (en) * 1992-12-09 1997-02-04 Discovery Communications, Inc. Network controller for cable television delivery systems
US6760537B2 (en) * 1993-03-05 2004-07-06 Gemstar Development Corporation Apparatus and method for television program scheduling
US20020032907A1 (en) * 1993-03-29 2002-03-14 Daniels John J. Initiating record from an electronic programming schedule
US5631995A (en) * 1993-04-01 1997-05-20 U.S. Philips Corporation Video recorder having circuitry for causing the tuner therein to tune to the same received signal as the tuner in a television receiver connected to the video recorder
US5539449A (en) * 1993-05-03 1996-07-23 At&T Corp. Integrated television services system
US5524195A (en) * 1993-05-24 1996-06-04 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Graphical user interface for interactive television with an animated agent
US5745710A (en) * 1993-05-24 1998-04-28 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Graphical user interface for selection of audiovisual programming
US5594509A (en) * 1993-06-22 1997-01-14 Apple Computer, Inc. Method and apparatus for audio-visual interface for the display of multiple levels of information on a display
US5382983A (en) * 1993-07-29 1995-01-17 Kwoh; Daniel S. Apparatus and method for total parental control of television use
US5481296A (en) * 1993-08-06 1996-01-02 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method for selectively viewing video information
US5781246A (en) * 1993-09-09 1998-07-14 Alten; Jerry Electronic television program guide schedule system and method
US6357043B1 (en) * 1993-09-09 2002-03-12 United Video Properties, Inc. Electronic television program guide with remote product ordering
US5717452A (en) * 1993-09-09 1998-02-10 Alcatel N.V. Interactive control system for multiservice installations including a television program distribution server and a PABX
US5410344A (en) * 1993-09-22 1995-04-25 Arrowsmith Technologies, Inc. Apparatus and method of selecting video programs based on viewers' preferences
US5640484A (en) * 1993-10-20 1997-06-17 E. Guide, Inc. Switch for automatic selection of television signal sources for delivery of television guide data
US5502504A (en) * 1994-04-28 1996-03-26 Prevue Networks, Inc. Video mix program guide
US5710601A (en) * 1994-05-20 1998-01-20 Prevue Networks, Inc. Video clip program guide
US5523796A (en) * 1994-05-20 1996-06-04 Prevue Networks, Inc. Video clip program guide
US5635979A (en) * 1994-05-27 1997-06-03 Bell Atlantic Dynamically programmable digital entertainment terminal using downloaded software to control broadband data operations
US5528304A (en) * 1994-07-22 1996-06-18 Zenith Electronics Corp. Picture-in-picture feedback for channel related features
US5619249A (en) * 1994-09-14 1997-04-08 Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. Telecasting service for providing video programs on demand with an interactive interface for facilitating viewer selection of video programs
US5541662A (en) * 1994-09-30 1996-07-30 Intel Corporation Content programmer control of video and data display using associated data
US5534911A (en) * 1994-11-02 1996-07-09 Levitan; Gutman Virtual personal channel in a television system
US5602582A (en) * 1994-11-22 1997-02-11 U S West Marketing Resources Group, Inc. Method and system for processing a request based on indexed digital video data
US5629733A (en) * 1994-11-29 1997-05-13 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic television program guide schedule system and method with display and search of program listings by title
US5754938A (en) * 1994-11-29 1998-05-19 Herz; Frederick S. M. Pseudonymous server for system for customized electronic identification of desirable objects
US5758257A (en) * 1994-11-29 1998-05-26 Herz; Frederick System and method for scheduling broadcast of and access to video programs and other data using customer profiles
US5623613A (en) * 1994-11-29 1997-04-22 Microsoft Corporation System for displaying programming information
US5617526A (en) * 1994-12-13 1997-04-01 Microsoft Corporation Operating system provided notification area for displaying visual notifications from application programs
US5596373A (en) * 1995-01-04 1997-01-21 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for providing program oriented information in a multiple station broadcast system
US6025869A (en) * 1995-01-05 2000-02-15 Music Corporation Video viewing supervision system
US6233734B1 (en) * 1995-01-05 2001-05-15 Videoguide, Inc. System and method for controlling the broadcast and recording of television programs and for distributing information to be displayed on a television screen
US5752159A (en) * 1995-01-13 1998-05-12 U S West Technologies, Inc. Method for automatically collecting and delivering application event data in an interactive network
US5748732A (en) * 1995-02-08 1998-05-05 U.S. Philips Corporation Pay TV method and device which comprise master and slave decoders
US5517257A (en) * 1995-03-28 1996-05-14 Microsoft Corporation Video control user interface for interactive television systems and method for controlling display of a video movie
US5648824A (en) * 1995-03-28 1997-07-15 Microsoft Corporation Video control user interface for controlling display of a video
US5880768A (en) * 1995-04-06 1999-03-09 Prevue Networks, Inc. Interactive program guide systems and processes
US5914746A (en) * 1995-05-05 1999-06-22 Microsoft Corporation Virtual channels in subscriber interface units
US5907323A (en) * 1995-05-05 1999-05-25 Microsoft Corporation Interactive program summary panel
US5630119A (en) * 1995-05-05 1997-05-13 Microsoft Corporation System and method for displaying program listings in an interactive electronic program guide
US5606374A (en) * 1995-05-31 1997-02-25 International Business Machines Corporation Video receiver display of menu overlaying video
US5760821A (en) * 1995-06-07 1998-06-02 News America Publications, Inc. Electronic program guide schedule localization system and method
US5652615A (en) * 1995-06-30 1997-07-29 Digital Equipment Corporation Precision broadcast of composite programs including secondary program content such as advertisements
US5748191A (en) * 1995-07-31 1998-05-05 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for creating voice commands using an automatically maintained log interactions performed by a user
US5758259A (en) * 1995-08-31 1998-05-26 Microsoft Corporation Automated selective programming guide
US5734893A (en) * 1995-09-28 1998-03-31 Ibm Corporation Progressive content-based retrieval of image and video with adaptive and iterative refinement
US6263501B1 (en) * 1995-10-02 2001-07-17 Star Sight Systems and methods for linking television viewers with advertisers and broadcasters
US20020059599A1 (en) * 1995-10-02 2002-05-16 Starsight Telecast Incorporated Interactive computer system for providing television schedule information
US6388714B1 (en) * 1995-10-02 2002-05-14 Starsight Telecast Inc Interactive computer system for providing television schedule information
US6049823A (en) * 1995-10-04 2000-04-11 Hwang; Ivan Chung-Shung Multi server, interactive, video-on-demand television system utilizing a direct-access-on-demand workgroup
US5778182A (en) * 1995-11-07 1998-07-07 At&T Corp. Usage management system
US6188397B1 (en) * 1995-11-22 2001-02-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Set-top electronics and network interface unit arrangement
US5886732A (en) * 1995-11-22 1999-03-23 Samsung Information Systems America Set-top electronics and network interface unit arrangement
US5754771A (en) * 1996-02-12 1998-05-19 Sybase, Inc. Maximum receive capacity specifying query processing client/server system replying up to the capacity and sending the remainder upon subsequent request
US5635989A (en) * 1996-02-13 1997-06-03 Hughes Electronics Method and apparatus for sorting and searching a television program guide
US5867233A (en) * 1996-03-28 1999-02-02 Nec Corporation Active matrix liquid crystal display substrate with island structure covering break in signal bus line and method of producing same
US5787259A (en) * 1996-03-29 1998-07-28 Microsoft Corporation Digital interconnects of a PC with consumer electronics devices
US20020095673A1 (en) * 1996-04-01 2002-07-18 Leung Wing P. Apparatus and method for parental control using V-Chip plus+ and master password
US6732372B2 (en) * 1996-05-27 2004-05-04 Fujitsu Limited Transmission device and terminal device for automatic reception/recording of broadcast programs
US6208384B1 (en) * 1996-07-11 2001-03-27 Douglas G. Brown Methods and systems for providing information to a television using a personal computer
US20030031465A1 (en) * 1996-09-03 2003-02-13 Starsight Telecast Incorporated Schedule system with enhanced recording capability
US5766528A (en) * 1997-02-14 1998-06-16 Northrop Grumman Corporation Ceramic tape formulations with green tape stability
US20050015804A1 (en) * 1997-02-19 2005-01-20 Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P. Interactive television program guide display
US6012086A (en) * 1997-06-24 2000-01-04 Sony Corporation Internet event timer recording for video and/or audio
US7224886B2 (en) * 1997-10-22 2007-05-29 Hitachi, Ltd. Method of using AV devices and AV device system
US6237049B1 (en) * 1998-01-06 2001-05-22 Sony Corporation Of Japan Method and system for defining and discovering proxy functionality on a distributed audio video network
US6202211B1 (en) * 1998-02-06 2001-03-13 Henry R. Williams, Jr. Method and apparatus for providing television signals to multiple viewing systems on a network
US6509908B1 (en) * 1998-05-13 2003-01-21 Clemens Croy Personal navigator system
US6268849B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2001-07-31 United Video Properties, Inc. Internet television program guide system with embedded real-time data
US20050028208A1 (en) * 1998-07-17 2005-02-03 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US6701523B1 (en) * 1998-09-16 2004-03-02 Index Systems, Inc. V-Chip plus+in-guide user interface apparatus and method for programmable blocking of television and other viewable programming, such as for parental control of a television receiver
US6675385B1 (en) * 1998-10-21 2004-01-06 Liberate Technologies HTML electronic program guide for an MPEG digital TV system

Cited By (182)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8892495B2 (en) 1991-12-23 2014-11-18 Blanding Hovenweep, Llc Adaptive pattern recognition based controller apparatus and method and human-interface therefore
US20010035915A1 (en) * 1996-04-30 2001-11-01 Akihiko Yamashita Program guide display controller and television receiver
US7051353B2 (en) * 1996-04-30 2006-05-23 Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. Program guide display controller and television receiver
US20050028218A1 (en) * 1996-09-03 2005-02-03 Starsight Telecast, Inc. Schedule system with enhanced recording capability
US7394347B2 (en) 1997-10-27 2008-07-01 World Wide Innovations, Llc Locking device for electronic equipment
US20030107470A1 (en) * 1997-10-27 2003-06-12 Darren Kady Locking device for electronic equipment
US20080189737A1 (en) * 1998-07-17 2008-08-07 Ellis Michael D Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within a household
US8578423B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2013-11-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US9084006B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2015-07-14 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within a household
US9185449B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2015-11-10 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within a household
US9237369B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2016-01-12 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within a household
US7913278B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2011-03-22 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US9706245B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2017-07-11 Rovi Guides, Inc. Interactive television program guide system having multiple devices within a household
US8006263B2 (en) 1998-07-17 2011-08-23 United Video Properties, Inc. Interactive television program guide with remote access
US6735777B1 (en) * 1998-10-28 2004-05-11 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling program guide for displaying broadcast program title
US9535563B2 (en) 1999-02-01 2017-01-03 Blanding Hovenweep, Llc Internet appliance system and method
US8326708B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2012-12-04 Ipventure, Inc. Techniques for processing customer service transactions at customer site using mobile computing device
US7139637B1 (en) 1999-05-11 2006-11-21 William Henry Waddington Order allocation to minimize container stops in a distribution center
US7792712B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2010-09-07 Ipventure, Inc. Techniques for processing customer service transactions at customer site using mobile computing device
US20100241269A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2010-09-23 Peter Ham Inventory replication based upon order fulfillment rates
US20050261985A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2005-11-24 Miller Andrew K Load balancing technique implemented in a data network device utilizing a data cache
US20060085250A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2006-04-20 Christopher Kantarjiev Techniques for processing customer service transactions at customer site using mobile computing device
US20080015959A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2008-01-17 Andre Kruglikov Real-time display of available products over the Internet
US20060142895A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2006-06-29 Waddington William H Method and system for order fulfillment in a distribution center
US20080154709A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2008-06-26 Peter Ham Inventory replication based upon order fulfillment rates
US8140183B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2012-03-20 Ipventure, Inc. Method and system for order fulfillment in a distribution center
US20090094085A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2009-04-09 Christopher Angel Kantarjiev Scheduling delivery of products via the internet
US9865010B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2018-01-09 June Ray Limited Online store product availability
US20100332402A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2010-12-30 Christopher Kantarjiev Techniques for processing customer service transactions at customer site using mobile computing device
US8635113B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2014-01-21 Ipventure, Inc. Integrated online store
US9697547B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2017-07-04 June Ray Limited Integrated online store
US9342808B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2016-05-17 June Ray Limited Load balancing technique implemented in a data network device utilizing a data cache
US9396451B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2016-07-19 June Ray Limited Method and system for order fulfillment in a distribution center
US20110173090A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2011-07-14 Andrew Karl Miller Load balancing technique implemented in a data network device utilizing a data cache
US8170915B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2012-05-01 Ipventure, Inc. Online store product availability
US8626333B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2014-01-07 Ipventure, Inc. Method and system for order fulfillment in a distribution center
US20070112647A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2007-05-17 Borders Louis H Webstore supporting multiple merchants
US8600821B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2013-12-03 Ipventure, Inc. Webstore supporting multiple merchants
US7904975B2 (en) 1999-05-11 2011-03-15 Ipventure, Inc. Real-time display of available products over the internet
US20070162353A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2007-07-12 Borders Louis H Online store using common carrier
US20070174144A1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2007-07-26 Borders Louis H Online store product availability
US8079047B1 (en) * 1999-06-11 2011-12-13 Jerding Dean F Program information searching system for interactive program guide
US7992163B1 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-08-02 Jerding Dean F Video-on-demand navigational system
US8020184B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-09-13 Jerding Dean F Channel control system for exiting from an interactive program guide
US8037504B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-10-11 Jerding Dean F Video on demand system with selectable options of configurable random-access control
US8056106B2 (en) 1999-06-11 2011-11-08 Rodriguez Arturo A Video on demand system with dynamic enablement of random-access functionality
US7568208B1 (en) * 1999-07-14 2009-07-28 Thomson Licensing Method and apparatus for using a single password set in an integrated television system
US10080063B2 (en) 2000-03-02 2018-09-18 Tivo Solutions Inc. Method of sharing personal media using a digital recorder
US9854289B2 (en) 2000-03-02 2017-12-26 Tivo Solutions Inc. Secure multimedia transfer system
US10206010B2 (en) 2000-03-02 2019-02-12 Tivo Solutions Inc. Method of sharing personal media using a digital recorder
US7975277B1 (en) 2000-04-03 2011-07-05 Jerding Dean F System for providing alternative services
US7992166B2 (en) 2000-04-03 2011-08-02 Jerding Dean F Providing alternative services based on receiver configuration and type of display device
US9380347B2 (en) 2000-05-04 2016-06-28 Cisco Technology, Inc. Hypertext service guide menu display
US7934232B1 (en) 2000-05-04 2011-04-26 Jerding Dean F Navigation paradigm for access to television services
US8739212B2 (en) 2000-05-04 2014-05-27 Cisco Technology, Inc. Configuration of presentations of selectable TV services according to usage
US9413808B2 (en) 2000-05-10 2016-08-09 June Ray Limited Data transmission and rendering techniques by a device via a network
US20010047285A1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2001-11-29 Webvan Group,Inc. Scheduling delivery of products via the internet
US10091335B2 (en) 2000-05-10 2018-10-02 June Ray Limited Data transmission and rendering techniques by a device via a network
US8707153B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2014-04-22 Cisco Technology, Inc. Displaying comment data corresponding to a video presentation
US8516525B1 (en) 2000-06-09 2013-08-20 Dean F. Jerding Integrated searching system for interactive media guide
US8069259B2 (en) 2000-06-09 2011-11-29 Rodriguez Arturo A Managing removal of media titles from a list
US7962370B2 (en) 2000-06-29 2011-06-14 Rodriguez Arturo A Methods in a media service system for transaction processing
US20020010929A1 (en) * 2000-07-10 2002-01-24 Collier Rene Pierre Gaston Device for and method of presenting program information
US20070016463A1 (en) * 2000-11-09 2007-01-18 Borders Louis H Scheduling delivery of products via the Internet
US20110047210A1 (en) * 2000-11-10 2011-02-24 Narasimha Rao Paila Data transmission and rendering techniques implemented over a client-server system
US8032914B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2011-10-04 Rodriguez Arturo A Systems and methods for dynamically allocating bandwidth in a digital broadband delivery system
US20070250572A1 (en) * 2000-11-10 2007-10-25 Paila Narasimha R Data transmission and rendering techniques implemented over a client-server system
US8601365B2 (en) 2000-11-10 2013-12-03 Ipventure, Inc. Data transmission and rendering techniques implemented over a client-server system
US8751334B2 (en) 2000-12-27 2014-06-10 Ipventure, Inc. Item substitution for unavailable items relating to a customer order
US8090626B1 (en) 2000-12-27 2012-01-03 Ipventure, Inc. Item substitution for unavailable items relating to a customer order
US7308423B1 (en) * 2001-03-19 2007-12-11 Franklin Goodhue Woodward Technique for handling sales of regulated items implemented over a data network
US8010411B2 (en) 2001-03-19 2011-08-30 Ipventure, Inc. Restricted purchase of regulated items over a network
US8880428B2 (en) 2001-03-19 2014-11-04 Ipventure, Inc. Restricted purchase of regulated items over a network
US20070055580A1 (en) * 2001-03-19 2007-03-08 Woodward Franklin G Method and apparatus for facilitating online purchase of regulated products over a data network
US7801772B2 (en) 2001-03-19 2010-09-21 Ip Venture, Inc. Method and apparatus for facilitating online purchase of regulated products over a data network
US8006262B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2011-08-23 Rodriguez Arturo A Graphic user interfaces for purchasable and recordable media (PRM) downloads
US8006273B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2011-08-23 Rodriguez Arturo A Updating download options for unavailable media content
US8640172B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2014-01-28 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for characterization of purchasable and recordable media (PRM)
US8191093B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2012-05-29 Rodriguez Arturo A Providing information pertaining to audio-visual and personal bi-directional services
US20030066075A1 (en) * 2001-10-02 2003-04-03 Catherine Bahn System and method for facilitating and controlling selection of TV programs by children
US8776127B2 (en) * 2001-10-04 2014-07-08 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Method of television program suggestion and apparatus therefor
US20030135855A1 (en) * 2001-10-04 2003-07-17 Yassine Faihe Method of television program suggestion and apparatus therefor
US20030088870A1 (en) * 2001-11-02 2003-05-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Apparatus and method of providing channel map in a digital TV
US20080077964A1 (en) * 2002-01-24 2008-03-27 Hamilton Robert D Method and System for Providing and Controlling Delivery of Content On-Demand Over a Cable Television Network and a Data Network
US8745656B2 (en) 2002-02-11 2014-06-03 Cisco Technology, Inc. Tracking of presented television advertisements
US20090158363A1 (en) * 2002-02-11 2009-06-18 Rodriguez Arturo A Management and Processing of Electronic Advertisement Information
US20030237097A1 (en) * 2002-06-21 2003-12-25 Marshall Carl S. Peer to peer broadcast acquisition
US20040158854A1 (en) * 2003-02-10 2004-08-12 Shinnosuke Nagasawa Interactive remote control unit
US20050114374A1 (en) * 2003-04-04 2005-05-26 Juszkiewicz Henry E. User interface for a combination compact disc recorder and player system
US20040199654A1 (en) * 2003-04-04 2004-10-07 Juszkiewicz Henry E. Music distribution system
US20040199534A1 (en) * 2003-04-04 2004-10-07 Juszkiewicz Henry E. Combination compact disc recorder and player system
US20040237105A1 (en) * 2003-05-19 2004-11-25 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method of managing electronic program guide, and multimedia device using the same
US20070067328A1 (en) * 2003-05-20 2007-03-22 Thomson Licensing Method for navigation in a list of elements and audiovisual receiver for the selection of elements in a list
WO2004105392A1 (en) * 2003-05-20 2004-12-02 Thomson Licensing Method for navigation in a list of elements and audiovisual receiver for the selection of elements in a list
US20040255325A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2004-12-16 Maki Furui Information retrieval/reproduction apparatus and information displaying method
US20050081240A1 (en) * 2003-09-29 2005-04-14 Lg Electronics Inc. Digital broadcasting receiver and method for displaying service component of digital broadcasting
US20050132191A1 (en) * 2003-12-16 2005-06-16 Joshi Ajit P. Method for authenticating different rendering devices with different service providers
FR2864876A1 (en) * 2004-01-05 2005-07-08 Thomson Licensing Sa Digital television service identifier navigation method for use in audiovisual receiver e.g. interactive television set, involves processing and displaying sub-list of identifiers by introduction of navigation command
US8161388B2 (en) 2004-01-21 2012-04-17 Rodriguez Arturo A Interactive discovery of display device characteristics
US9615139B2 (en) 2004-01-21 2017-04-04 Tech 5 Determining device that performs processing of output pictures
US20080034391A1 (en) * 2004-05-06 2008-02-07 Yonatan Lehman Resource Conflict Resolution For Multiple Television
US8677429B2 (en) 2004-05-06 2014-03-18 Cisco Technology Inc. Resource conflict resolution for multiple television
US20060184900A1 (en) * 2004-12-22 2006-08-17 Naoya Ishii Apparatus and method for processing image, computer program and recording medium
US7290211B2 (en) * 2005-01-05 2007-10-30 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for reconfiguring a selection system based on layers of categories descriptive of recordable events
US7657151B2 (en) 2005-01-05 2010-02-02 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for displaying a series of recordable events
US7765479B2 (en) 2005-01-05 2010-07-27 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for reconfiguring a selection system based on layers of categories descriptive of recordable events
US20080066012A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2008-03-13 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and System for Reconfiguring a Selection System Based on Layers of Categories Descriptive of Recordable Events
US9258513B2 (en) 2005-01-05 2016-02-09 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for reconfiguring a selection system based on layers of categories descriptive of recordable events
US20060146436A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-07-06 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for displaying a series of recordable events
US20060150123A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-07-06 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for reconfiguring a selection system based on layers of categories descriptive of recordable events
US20100284671A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2010-11-11 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for reconfiguring a selection system based on layers of categories descriptive of recordable events
US20060184984A1 (en) * 2005-01-05 2006-08-17 Digital Networks North America, Inc. Method and system for intelligent indexing of recordable event identifiers
US8442387B2 (en) 2005-01-05 2013-05-14 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for displaying a series of recordable events
US9471678B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2016-10-18 Rovi Guides, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US10459974B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2019-10-29 Rovi Guides, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US7974962B2 (en) * 2005-01-06 2011-07-05 Aptiv Digital, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US20060149709A1 (en) * 2005-01-06 2006-07-06 Pioneer Digital Technologies, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US8732152B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2014-05-20 Aptiv Digital, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US9836537B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2017-12-05 Rovi Guides, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US10162890B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2018-12-25 Rovi Guides, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US9152720B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2015-10-06 Rovi Guides, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US10198510B2 (en) 2005-01-06 2019-02-05 Rovi Guides, Inc. Search engine for a video recorder
US20090027565A1 (en) * 2005-01-20 2009-01-29 Eric Andrew Dorsey Bi-Modal Switching for Controlling Digital TV Applications on Hand-Held Video Devices
WO2006078254A1 (en) * 2005-01-20 2006-07-27 Thomson Licensing Bi-modal switching for controlling digital tv applications on hand-held video devices
US8780271B2 (en) 2005-01-20 2014-07-15 Thomson Licensing Bi-modal switching for controlling digital TV applications on hand-held video devices
US20090170778A1 (en) * 2005-02-04 2009-07-02 Pfizer Inc. PYY Agonists and Uses Thereof
US20060228878A1 (en) * 2005-04-06 2006-10-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Semiconductor package repair method
US9973817B1 (en) 2005-04-08 2018-05-15 Rovi Guides, Inc. System and method for providing a list of video-on-demand programs
US9185332B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2015-11-10 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing a scan
US9038103B2 (en) 2005-05-06 2015-05-19 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for content surfing
US10884513B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2021-01-05 Veveo, Inc. Method and system for dynamically processing ambiguous, reduced text search queries and highlighting results thereof
US9177081B2 (en) 2005-08-26 2015-11-03 Veveo, Inc. Method and system for processing ambiguous, multi-term search queries
US11363337B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2022-06-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. User interface method, system, and device in multitasking environment
US9258514B2 (en) * 2005-08-30 2016-02-09 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. User interface method, system, and device in multitasking environment
US20070050778A1 (en) * 2005-08-30 2007-03-01 Si-Hyoung Lee User interface method, system, and device in multitasking environment
US10455182B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2019-10-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. User interface method, system, and device in multitasking environment
US20090059091A1 (en) * 2005-08-31 2009-03-05 Eric Andrew Dorsey Bi-Modal Switching for Controlling Digital Tv Applications on Video Devices
US8810734B2 (en) 2005-08-31 2014-08-19 Thomson Licensing Bi-modal switching for controlling digital TV applications on video devices
US7961643B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2011-06-14 Mcdonald James F Optimizing data rates for video services to a subscriber
US8189472B2 (en) 2005-09-07 2012-05-29 Mcdonald James F Optimizing bandwidth utilization to a subscriber premises
US20070157220A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US20110179435A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2011-07-21 Charles Cordray Systems and methods for managing content
CN102523489A (en) * 2005-12-29 2012-06-27 联合视频制品公司 Systems and methods for managing content
US8612310B2 (en) 2005-12-29 2013-12-17 United Video Properties, Inc. Method and system for commerce in media program related merchandise
US20070157242A1 (en) * 2005-12-29 2007-07-05 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for managing content
US8620769B2 (en) 2005-12-29 2013-12-31 United Video Properties, Inc. Method and systems for checking that purchasable items are compatible with user equipment
US20150026734A1 (en) * 2006-07-31 2015-01-22 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing custom media content flipping
US9544526B2 (en) * 2006-07-31 2017-01-10 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing custom media content flipping
US20110219395A1 (en) * 2006-08-29 2011-09-08 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Pointing Capability and Associated User Interface Elements for Television User Interfaces
US20080063381A1 (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-13 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Visual DVR television interface
US9369659B2 (en) 2006-08-29 2016-06-14 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Pointing capability and associated user interface elements for television user interfaces
WO2008027321A3 (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-08-21 Hillcrest Lab Inc Television control, playlist generation and dvr systems and methods
WO2008027321A2 (en) * 2006-08-29 2008-03-06 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Television control, playlist generation and dvr systems and methods
US20080066105A1 (en) * 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for automatically searching for data applications for all channels and video apparatus adopting the method
US20080063354A1 (en) * 2006-09-11 2008-03-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling autostart of data application and video playback apparatus thereof
US8019984B2 (en) * 2006-09-11 2011-09-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling autostart of data application and video playback apparatus thereof
EP3343905A1 (en) * 2006-09-29 2018-07-04 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for a modular media guidance dashboard application
EP3343904A1 (en) * 2006-09-29 2018-07-04 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for a modular media guidance dashboard application
US20100131983A1 (en) * 2006-09-29 2010-05-27 Steve Shannon Systems and methods for a modular media guidance dashboard application
US7882522B2 (en) * 2006-11-29 2011-02-01 Microsoft Corporation Determining user interest based on guide navigation
US20080127262A1 (en) * 2006-11-29 2008-05-29 Microsoft Corporation Determining User Interest Based On Guide Navigation
US9307281B2 (en) 2007-03-22 2016-04-05 Rovi Guides, Inc. User defined rules for assigning destinations of content
US8087047B2 (en) 2007-04-20 2011-12-27 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications
US10034054B2 (en) 2007-04-20 2018-07-24 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications
US20080263600A1 (en) * 2007-04-20 2008-10-23 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications
US8959547B2 (en) 2007-04-20 2015-02-17 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote access to interactive media guidance applications
US8327403B1 (en) 2007-09-07 2012-12-04 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for providing remote program ordering on a user device via a web server
US20090282061A1 (en) * 2008-05-09 2009-11-12 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd Image forming apparatus and method to display files having identifiers
US8601526B2 (en) 2008-06-13 2013-12-03 United Video Properties, Inc. Systems and methods for displaying media content and media guidance information
US20100083319A1 (en) * 2008-09-30 2010-04-01 Echostar Technologies Llc Methods and apparatus for locating content in an electronic programming guide
US20100131988A1 (en) * 2008-11-21 2010-05-27 Kent Jr Larry G Systems and methods to schedule recording of media content
US8826331B2 (en) * 2008-11-21 2014-09-02 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Systems and methods to schedule recording of media content
US20100333151A1 (en) * 2009-06-30 2010-12-30 Gemstar Development Corporation Cross platform entertainment architecture
US9204193B2 (en) 2010-05-14 2015-12-01 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for media detection and filtering using a parental control logging application
US9258175B1 (en) 2010-05-28 2016-02-09 The Directv Group, Inc. Method and system for sharing playlists for content stored within a network
TWI491255B (en) * 2011-10-05 2015-07-01 Amtran Technology Co Ltd Method for sharing television programs
CN103067769A (en) * 2011-10-19 2013-04-24 瑞轩科技股份有限公司 Television program sharing method
US10088987B2 (en) * 2012-05-24 2018-10-02 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Movement of a menu cursor in a multi-page menu
US9253262B2 (en) 2013-01-24 2016-02-02 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for connecting media devices through web sockets
US9848276B2 (en) 2013-03-11 2017-12-19 Rovi Guides, Inc. Systems and methods for auto-configuring a user equipment device with content consumption material
USD754170S1 (en) * 2013-12-30 2016-04-19 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Display screen or portion thereof with graphical user interface
US20190141387A1 (en) * 2014-05-09 2019-05-09 Sky Cp Limited Television user interface

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US6505348B1 (en) 2003-01-07
US8566871B2 (en) 2013-10-22
US20080134239A1 (en) 2008-06-05
US20140040943A1 (en) 2014-02-06
US20050251822A1 (en) 2005-11-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6505348B1 (en) Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
EP2317758B1 (en) Multiple interactive electronic program guide system and methods
JP4456495B2 (en) Electronic TV program schedule system
US6078348A (en) Television schedule system with enhanced features
JP2002530946A (en) Program receiving device
WO1998010589A1 (en) Schedule system with enhanced recording capability

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., NEW YORK

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:APTIV DIGITAL, INC.;GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION;GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:020986/0074

Effective date: 20080502

Owner name: JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,NEW YORK

Free format text: SECURITY AGREEMENT;ASSIGNORS:APTIV DIGITAL, INC.;GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION;GEMSTAR-TV GUIDE INTERNATIONAL, INC.;AND OTHERS;REEL/FRAME:020986/0074

Effective date: 20080502

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION

AS Assignment

Owner name: GEMSTAR DEVELOPMENT CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: STARSIGHT TELECAST, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: INDEX SYSTEMS INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ALL MEDIA GUIDE, LLC, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ODS PROPERTIES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ROVI TECHNOLOGIES CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: UNITED VIDEO PROPERTIES, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: TV GUIDE ONLINE, LLC, CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: TV GUIDE, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ROVI SOLUTIONS LIMITED (FORMERLY KNOWN AS MACROVIS

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ROVI GUIDES, INC. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS GEMSTAR-TV GU

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ROVI SOLUTIONS CORPORATION (FORMERLY KNOWN AS MACR

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: APTIV DIGITAL, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317

Owner name: ROVI DATA SOLUTIONS, INC. (FORMERLY KNOWN AS TV GU

Free format text: RELEASE BY SECURED PARTY;ASSIGNOR:JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. (A NATIONAL ASSOCIATION);REEL/FRAME:025222/0731

Effective date: 20100317